diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/bin/Debug/ProjectTemplates/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/bin/Debug/ProjectTemplates/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip
index c459cac..9490c63 100644
Binary files a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/bin/Debug/ProjectTemplates/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip and b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/bin/Debug/ProjectTemplates/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip differ
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/bin/Release/ProjectTemplates/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/bin/Release/ProjectTemplates/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip
index c459cac..9490c63 100644
Binary files a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/bin/Release/ProjectTemplates/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip and b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/bin/Release/ProjectTemplates/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip differ
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/obj/Debug/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/obj/Debug/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip
index c459cac..9490c63 100644
Binary files a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/obj/Debug/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip and b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/obj/Debug/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip differ
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/obj/Release/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/obj/Release/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip
index c459cac..9490c63 100644
Binary files a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/obj/Release/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip and b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/obj/Release/CSharp/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-C-Module.zip differ
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Template/packages.config b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/packages.config
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abb28ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VSIX/CSharp-Template/packages.config
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
index f4e170f..39844b9 100644
--- a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
+++ b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
$(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\BuildScripts
$(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\..\..\..\..\bin
- $(SolutionDir)\packages\MSBuildTasks.1.4.0.65\tools\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
+ $(SolutionDir)\packages\MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214\tools\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/DNN-C-Theme.vstemplate b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/DNN-C-Theme.vstemplate
index 13500bb..7985c5a 100644
--- a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/DNN-C-Theme.vstemplate
+++ b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/DNN-C-Theme.vstemplate
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
index fc1851f..085d645 100644
--- a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
+++ b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
Steps after your project is setup.
INSTALL ZIP file that is created in the INSTALL folder, upload that using the Host/Extensions
page, Installation Wizard. Using the INSTALL ZIP file will overwrite the files already in this folder,
but that shouldn't cause any problems as long as you install a recent build.
-
After you've done a release for your theme (typically deploying to an environment
+ After you've completed a release for your theme (typically deploying to an environment
outside of your development environment) you should change the Version number, you
need to do this in two places, the assemblyinfo file, and the .DNN manifest file.
Next time you build the theme in release mode you will get a new package (using
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/ReleaseNotes.txt b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/ReleaseNotes.txt
index e3ee4a7..abfc822 100644
--- a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/ReleaseNotes.txt
+++ b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/ReleaseNotes.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
$ownername$
$owneremail$
$ownerwebsite$
+ This extension was created using Christoc's Module Development Templates for DNN.
About the $safeprojectname$
diff --git a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/packages.config b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/packages.config
index 9d6730d..abb28ba 100644
--- a/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/packages.config
+++ b/VSIX/CSharp-Theme-Template/packages.config
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/DNNTemplates.csproj b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/DNNTemplates.csproj
index 5e645b7..f4f64a3 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/DNNTemplates.csproj
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/DNNTemplates.csproj
@@ -171,10 +171,7 @@
-
- Always
- true
-
+
Designer
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/License.txt b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/License.txt
index 8516cc7..df3afac 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/License.txt
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/License.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (c) Christoc.com 2016
+Copyright (c) Christoc.com 2017
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/ReleaseNotes.txt b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/ReleaseNotes.txt
index 05926ca..f98eee9 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/ReleaseNotes.txt
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/ReleaseNotes.txt
@@ -6,12 +6,13 @@ http://www.christoc.com
The Source Code can be found at https://github.com/ChrisHammond/DNNTemplates
-V7.2 - Release Date 10/19/2016
+V8.0 - Release Date 1/1/2017
Description:
MVC Template fixes
Upgraded to Bootstrap 3.3.7 for Theme template
Fixed White link problem
- Upgraded to MSBuildTasks 1.5.0.196
+ Upgraded to MSBuildTasks 1.5.0.214
+ Tested against DNN 9
V7.1 - Release Date 3/9/2016
Description:
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/DNNTemplates.vsix b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/DNNTemplates.vsix
index a968007..8a6facc 100644
Binary files a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/DNNTemplates.vsix and b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/DNNTemplates.vsix differ
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/License.txt b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/License.txt
index 8516cc7..df3afac 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/License.txt
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/License.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (c) Christoc.com 2016
+Copyright (c) Christoc.com 2017
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/ReleaseNotes.txt b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/ReleaseNotes.txt
index 05926ca..f98eee9 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/ReleaseNotes.txt
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/ReleaseNotes.txt
@@ -6,12 +6,13 @@ http://www.christoc.com
The Source Code can be found at https://github.com/ChrisHammond/DNNTemplates
-V7.2 - Release Date 10/19/2016
+V8.0 - Release Date 1/1/2017
Description:
MVC Template fixes
Upgraded to Bootstrap 3.3.7 for Theme template
Fixed White link problem
- Upgraded to MSBuildTasks 1.5.0.196
+ Upgraded to MSBuildTasks 1.5.0.214
+ Tested against DNN 9
V7.1 - Release Date 3/9/2016
Description:
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/extension.vsixmanifest b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/extension.vsixmanifest
index 87bc428..87937d8 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/extension.vsixmanifest
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Debug/extension.vsixmanifest
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-
+
DotNetNuke (DNN) Development Project Templates
- This Visual Studio Package contains Project Templates to aid in your DotNetNuke Extension development.
+ This Visual Studio Package contains Project Templates to aid in your (DNN) DotNetNuke Extension development.
http://www.christoc.com/Products/Module-Development-Templates
License.txt
http://www.christoc.com/tutorials/aid/4
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Release/DNNTemplates.vsix b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Release/DNNTemplates.vsix
index 2378eff..c3c6b9b 100644
Binary files a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Release/DNNTemplates.vsix and b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/bin/Release/DNNTemplates.vsix differ
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/obj/Debug/extension.vsixmanifest b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/obj/Debug/extension.vsixmanifest
index 87bc428..87937d8 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/obj/Debug/extension.vsixmanifest
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/obj/Debug/extension.vsixmanifest
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-
+
DotNetNuke (DNN) Development Project Templates
- This Visual Studio Package contains Project Templates to aid in your DotNetNuke Extension development.
+ This Visual Studio Package contains Project Templates to aid in your (DNN) DotNetNuke Extension development.
http://www.christoc.com/Products/Module-Development-Templates
License.txt
http://www.christoc.com/tutorials/aid/4
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/obj/Release/extension.vsixmanifest b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/obj/Release/extension.vsixmanifest
index 87bc428..87937d8 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/obj/Release/extension.vsixmanifest
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/obj/Release/extension.vsixmanifest
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-
+
DotNetNuke (DNN) Development Project Templates
- This Visual Studio Package contains Project Templates to aid in your DotNetNuke Extension development.
+ This Visual Studio Package contains Project Templates to aid in your (DNN) DotNetNuke Extension development.
http://www.christoc.com/Products/Module-Development-Templates
License.txt
http://www.christoc.com/tutorials/aid/4
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages.config b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages.config
index 17fa352..abb28ba 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages.config
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages.config
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages/msbuildtasks.1.5.0.196.nupkg b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages/msbuildtasks.1.5.0.196.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index 03293d4..0000000
Binary files a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages/msbuildtasks.1.5.0.196.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages/msbuildtasks.1.5.0.214.nupkg b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages/msbuildtasks.1.5.0.214.nupkg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efb3a85
Binary files /dev/null and b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/packages/msbuildtasks.1.5.0.214.nupkg differ
diff --git a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/source.extension.vsixmanifest b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/source.extension.vsixmanifest
index a5d4126..3c998e3 100644
--- a/VSIX/DNNTemplates/source.extension.vsixmanifest
+++ b/VSIX/DNNTemplates/source.extension.vsixmanifest
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-
+
DotNetNuke (DNN) Development Project Templates
- This Visual Studio Package contains Project Templates to aid in your DotNetNuke Extension development.
+ This Visual Studio Package contains Project Templates to aid in your (DNN) DotNetNuke Extension development.
http://www.christoc.com/Products/Module-Development-Templates
License.txt
http://www.christoc.com/tutorials/aid/4
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
index d0aae04..ebe4b79 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
+++ b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
$(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\BuildScripts
$(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\..\..\bin
- $(SolutionDir)\packages\MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.196\tools\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
+ $(SolutionDir)\packages\MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214\tools\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/DNN-VB-DAL2-Module.vstemplate b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/DNN-VB-DAL2-Module.vstemplate
index 874673f..caba578 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/DNN-VB-DAL2-Module.vstemplate
+++ b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/DNN-VB-DAL2-Module.vstemplate
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@
Edit.ascx.designer.vb
Edit.ascx.vb
License.txt
+ packages.config
module.css
AssemblyInfo.vb
@@ -85,7 +86,7 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
index 9cf7583..fcd462e 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
+++ b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Steps after your project is setup.
INSTALL ZIP file that is created in the INSTALL folder, upload that using the Host/Extensions
page, Installation Wizard. Using the INSTALL ZIP file will overwrite the files already in this folder,
but that shouldn't cause any problems as long as you install a recent build.
-
After you've done a release for your module (typically deploying to an environment
+ After you've completed a release for your module (typically deploying to an environment
outside of your development environment) you should change the Version number, you
need to do this in two places, the assemblyinfo file, and the .DNN manifest file.
Next time you build the module in release mode you will get a new package (using
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/VB-DAL2-Template.vbproj b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/VB-DAL2-Template.vbproj
index 5cbd193..03cc4b9 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/VB-DAL2-Template.vbproj
+++ b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/VB-DAL2-Template.vbproj
@@ -79,6 +79,7 @@
+
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/VBTemplate.vbproj b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/VBTemplate.vbproj
index 28fb2d0..676e6d2 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/VBTemplate.vbproj
+++ b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/VBTemplate.vbproj
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@
+ .\
+ true
true
@@ -139,6 +141,10 @@
+
+
+
+
@@ -188,7 +194,7 @@
zip
$safeprojectname$
$safeprojectname$
- $(SolutionDir)\packages\MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.196\tools
+ $(SolutionDir)\Build
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/packages.config b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/packages.config
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abb28ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VSIX/VB-DAL2-Template/packages.config
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets b/VSIX/VB-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
index db34ae2..985750a 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
+++ b/VSIX/VB-Template/BuildScripts/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
$(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\BuildScripts
$(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\..\..\bin
- $(SolutionDir)\packages\MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.196\tools\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
+ $(SolutionDir)\packages\MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214\tools\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/DNN-VB-Module.vstemplate b/VSIX/VB-Template/DNN-VB-Module.vstemplate
index 49cfcb4..bdc7af7 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-Template/DNN-VB-Module.vstemplate
+++ b/VSIX/VB-Template/DNN-VB-Module.vstemplate
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@
Edit.ascx.designer.vb
Edit.ascx.vb
License.txt
+ packages.config
module.css
AssemblyInfo.vb
@@ -86,7 +87,7 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html b/VSIX/VB-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
index 9cf7583..fcd462e 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
+++ b/VSIX/VB-Template/Documentation/Documentation.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Steps after your project is setup.
INSTALL ZIP file that is created in the INSTALL folder, upload that using the Host/Extensions
page, Installation Wizard. Using the INSTALL ZIP file will overwrite the files already in this folder,
but that shouldn't cause any problems as long as you install a recent build.
-
After you've done a release for your module (typically deploying to an environment
+ After you've completed a release for your module (typically deploying to an environment
outside of your development environment) you should change the Version number, you
need to do this in two places, the assemblyinfo file, and the .DNN manifest file.
Next time you build the module in release mode you will get a new package (using
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/ReleaseNotes.txt b/VSIX/VB-Template/ReleaseNotes.txt
index e18d7be..9632a39 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-Template/ReleaseNotes.txt
+++ b/VSIX/VB-Template/ReleaseNotes.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
$ownername$
$owneremail$
http://www.dotnetnuke.com
+ This extension was created using Christoc's Module Development Templates for DNN.
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/VB-Template.vbproj b/VSIX/VB-Template/VB-Template.vbproj
index 8e4bcfb..aff12d0 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-Template/VB-Template.vbproj
+++ b/VSIX/VB-Template/VB-Template.vbproj
@@ -79,6 +79,7 @@
+
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/VBTemplate.vbproj b/VSIX/VB-Template/VBTemplate.vbproj
index 2c62774..3ecd182 100644
--- a/VSIX/VB-Template/VBTemplate.vbproj
+++ b/VSIX/VB-Template/VBTemplate.vbproj
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@
+
.\
+
true
true
@@ -129,6 +131,11 @@
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -187,7 +194,7 @@
zip
$safeprojectname$
$safeprojectname$
- $(SolutionDir)\packages\MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.196\tools
+ $(SolutionDir)\Build
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/bin/Debug/ProjectTemplates/VisualBasic/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-VB-Module.zip b/VSIX/VB-Template/bin/Debug/ProjectTemplates/VisualBasic/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-VB-Module.zip
index 74e4a72..d7aaf50 100644
Binary files a/VSIX/VB-Template/bin/Debug/ProjectTemplates/VisualBasic/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-VB-Module.zip and b/VSIX/VB-Template/bin/Debug/ProjectTemplates/VisualBasic/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-VB-Module.zip differ
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/obj/Debug/VisualBasic/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-VB-Module.zip b/VSIX/VB-Template/obj/Debug/VisualBasic/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-VB-Module.zip
index 74e4a72..d7aaf50 100644
Binary files a/VSIX/VB-Template/obj/Debug/VisualBasic/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-VB-Module.zip and b/VSIX/VB-Template/obj/Debug/VisualBasic/DotNetNuke/1033/DNN-VB-Module.zip differ
diff --git a/VSIX/VB-Template/packages.config b/VSIX/VB-Template/packages.config
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abb28ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VSIX/VB-Template/packages.config
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214.nupkg b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214.nupkg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efb3a85
Binary files /dev/null and b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214.nupkg differ
diff --git a/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/build/MSBuildTasks.targets b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/build/MSBuildTasks.targets
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d24076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/build/MSBuildTasks.targets
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+
+
+
+
+ $(MSBuildThisFileDirectory)
+ $(MSBuildThisFileDirectory)\..\tools
+ $([MSBUILD]::Unescape($(MSBuildCommunityTasksPath)\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll))
+ $(MSBuildCommunityTasksPath)\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
+ MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d24076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+
+
+
+
+ $(MSBuildThisFileDirectory)
+ $(MSBuildThisFileDirectory)\..\tools
+ $([MSBUILD]::Unescape($(MSBuildCommunityTasksPath)\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll))
+ $(MSBuildCommunityTasksPath)\MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
+ MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1cf372
Binary files /dev/null and b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.dll differ
diff --git a/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.xml b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7419fd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,12186 @@
+
+
+
+ MSBuild.Community.Tasks
+
+
+
+
+ Installs and register script mappings for ASP.NET
+
+ Uses the aspnet_regiis.exe tool included with the .NET Framework.
+
+ Install the latest version of ASP.NET on the server:
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ Install the latest version of ASP.NET on the server, but do not update script maps:
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ Install the script maps for ASP.NET 2.0 on a web directory on the default website:
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ Install the script maps for ASP.NET 1.1 on a web directory on a non-default website:
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ Install client side script only for the latest version:
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ The version of ASP.NET to install
+
+
+ The default behavior is to use the latest version of ASP.NET available on the computer.
+
+ Version
+ - Version11ASP.NET v1.1
+ - Version20ASP.NET v2.0
+ - VersionLatestThe latest version of ASP.NET available
+
+
+
+
+
+ The method used to determine if ASP.NET script mappings should be applied
+
+
+ The default behavior is to register script mappings on all sites except those with a newer version of ASP.NET.
+
+ Value
+ - NeverRegister ASP.NET on the computer without updating any script mappings.
+ - IfNoneExistRegister script mappings only on for sites that do not have any existing ASP.NET script mappings (not available for ASP.NET v1.1)
+ - UnlessNewerExistRegister script mappings on all sites except those with a newer version of ASP.NET.
+ - AlwaysRegister script mappings on all sites, even if they already have a newer version of ASP.NET.
+
+
+
+
+
+ When , the aspnet_client scripts will be installed. No script mappings will be updated.
+
+ This cannot be if a value for or has been specified.
+
+
+
+ The web application that should have its script maps updated.
+
+
+ The path must be of the form W3SVC/[instance]/Root/[webdirectory], for example W3SVC/1/Root/SampleApp1.
+ As a shortcut, you can specify just the web directory name,
+ if the web directory is installed in the default website instance (W3SVC/1/Root).
+ You should not specify a value for when specifying a path.
+
+
+
+
+ When , script maps are applied recursively under .
+
+ This property is only valid when specifying a value for . It is by default.
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments
+ to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass
+ directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines if the current property values can be used together
+
+ when properties can be used together.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates an AssemblyInfo files
+
+
+ Generates a common version file.
+
+ ]]>
+ Generates a complete version file.
+
+ ]]>
+ Generates a complete version file for C++/CLI.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ The default value of .
+ The value is "AssemblyInfo.cs".
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the code language.
+
+ The code language.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether [COMVisible].
+
+ true if [COMVisible]; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether [CLSCompliant].
+
+ true if [CLSCompliant]; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the GUID.
+
+ The GUID.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly title.
+
+ The assembly title.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly description.
+
+ The assembly description.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly configuration.
+
+ The assembly configuration.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly company.
+
+ The assembly company.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly product.
+
+ The assembly product.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly copyright.
+
+ The assembly copyright.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly trademark.
+
+ The assembly trademark.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly culture.
+
+ The assembly culture.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly version.
+
+ The assembly version.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly file version.
+
+ The assembly file version.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly informational version.
+
+ The assembly informational version.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly key file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly key name.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly delay sign value.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly delay sign value.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly delay sign value.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to generate the ThisAssmebly class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the neutral language which is used as a fallback language configuration
+ if the locale on the computer isn't supported. Example is setting this to "en-US".
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the ultimate resource fallback location.
+
+ The ultimate resource fallback location.
+
+
+
+ Makes it possible to make certain assemblies able to use constructs marked as internal.
+ Example might be setting this value to "UnitTests" assembly. The typical use case might
+ be constructors in classes which shouldn't be available to other assemblies, but the unit
+ tests should be able to use them.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets whether to allow strong-named assemblies to be called by partially trusted code.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output file.
+
+ The output file.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Changes the attributes of files and/or directories
+
+
+ Make file Readonly, Hidden and System.
+
+ ]]>
+ Clear Hidden and System attributes.
+
+ ]]>
+ Make file Normal.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the list of files to change attributes on.
+
+ The files to change attributes on.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the list of directories to change attributes on.
+
+ The directories to change attributes on.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets file's archive status.
+
+ true if archive; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating file is compressed.
+
+ true if compressed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating file is encrypted.
+
+ true if encrypted; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating file is hidden, and thus is not included in an ordinary directory listing.
+
+ true if hidden; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating file is normal and has no other attributes set.
+
+ true if normal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating file is read-only.
+
+ true if read-only; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating file is a system file.
+
+ true if system; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+ if the task ran successfully;
+ otherwise .
+
+
+
+ Describes certain byte measurements as nice strings.
+
+
+
+
+ Calculates checksum of a file set.
+
+ It is based on ANT's checksum task. The output is stored in a file in the same folder
+ as the input file with the name [input_file].[algorithm_type]. Supported algorithms: MD5, SH1.
+
+
+ Creates MD5 checksum files for all TXT files in root folder.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Files uses to calculate the checksum
+
+
+
+
+ Algorithm to be used. Defaults to MD5.
+
+
+
+
+ Provides information about the build computer.
+
+ Get build computer information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the host name of the build computer.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the IP address of the build computer.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the IP v4 address of the build computer.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the platform identifier of the build computer's operating system .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the version number of the build computer's operating system.
+
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+
+ if the task ran successfully; otherwise .
+
+
+
+
+ A task to play the sound of a beep through the console speaker.
+
+
+ By default, the beep plays at a frequency of 800 hertz for a duration of 200 milliseconds.
+
+ To play the sound of a beep at a frequency of 800 hertz and for a duration of 200 milliseconds, use
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ To play the sound of a beep at a frequency of 440 hertz and for a duration of 300 milliseconds, use
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the frequency of the beep, ranging from 37 to 32767 hertz.
+ Defaults to 800 hertz.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the of the beep measured in milliseconds.
+ Defaults to 200 milliseconds.
+
+
+
+
+ Plays the sound of a beep
+ at the given and for the given
+ through the console speaker.
+
+
+ Always returns , even when the sound could not be played.
+
+
+
+
+ Delete a directory tree. This task supports wild card directory selection.
+
+
+ Delete all bin and obj directories.
+
+ ]]>
+ Delete all bin and obj directories that start with MSBuild.Community.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directories to be deleted.
+
+ The directories to be deleted.
+
+ Directories can contain wild cards.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is recursive.
+
+ true if recursive; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets the deleted directories.
+
+ The deleted directories.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a set of project files (.csproj, .vbproj) in InputFiles and generate a GraphViz style syntax.
+ You can paste the result of the graphs in places like http://graphviz-dev.appspot.com/ to see your chart or
+ run the file using the GraphViz tool http://www.graphviz.org/
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Result:
+ digraph {
+ subgraph ProjectReferences {
+ node [shape=box];
+ "{4993C164-5F2A-4831-A5B1-E5E579C76B28}" [label="Project01"];
+ "{1B5D5300-8070-48DB-8A81-B39764231954}" [label="Project03"];
+ "{E7D8035C-3CEA-4D9C-87FD-0F5C0DB5F592}" [label="Project02"];
+ "{7DBCDEE7-D048-432E-BEEB-928E362E3063}" [label="Project03"];
+ }
+ "{4993C164-5F2A-4831-A5B1-E5E579C76B28}" -> "Microsoft.CSharp";
+ "{1B5D5300-8070-48DB-8A81-B39764231954}" -> "Microsoft.CSharp";
+ "{E7D8035C-3CEA-4D9C-87FD-0F5C0DB5F592}" -> "Microsoft.CSharp";
+ "{7DBCDEE7-D048-432E-BEEB-928E362E3063}" -> "Microsoft.CSharp";
+ "{4993C164-5F2A-4831-A5B1-E5E579C76B28}" -> "{1B5D5300-8070-48DB-8A81-B39764231954}";
+ "{4993C164-5F2A-4831-A5B1-E5E579C76B28}" -> "{E7D8035C-3CEA-4D9C-87FD-0F5C0DB5F592}";
+ "{E7D8035C-3CEA-4D9C-87FD-0F5C0DB5F592}" -> "{7DBCDEE7-D048-432E-BEEB-928E362E3063}";
+ }
+ ]]>
+
+ Other attributes:
+
+ -
+ Exclude
+ filter input files
+
+ -
+ ExcludeReferences
+ filter referenced assemblies
+
+ -
+ ExcludeProjectReferences
+ filter referenced projects
+
+
+
+
+
+ Project files to parse
+
+
+ FileName to output results
+
+
+ A set of regular expression to filter the input files
+
+
+ A set of regular expression to filter the referenced assemblies
+
+
+ A set of regular expression to filter the referenced projects
+
+
+ includes project dependencies to output
+
+
+
+ Very simple parser that gets reference and assembly name information from project files
+
+
+
+
+ Creates new parser, based on project file specified by stream
+
+ A stream pointing to the project file content
+
+
+
+ Returns the Assembly Name for the project file
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the ProjectGuid for the project file
+
+
+
+
+
+ Return referenced assemblies
+
+
+
+
+
+ Return referenced projects
+
+
+
+
+
+ Given an assembly name in the form "Ionic.Zip.Reduced, Version=1.9.1.8, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=edbe51ad942a3f5c, processorArchitecture=MSIL"
+ returns only the Ionic.Zip.Reduced part.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Base class for all references
+
+
+
+
+ A name for display in a graph
+
+
+
+
+ Creates new instance
+
+ A name for display in a graph
+
+
+
+ Represents an assembly reference inside a project file
+
+
+
+
+ Name of the assembly of an assembly reference
+
+
+
+
+ HintPath, or relative path to file in an assembly reference
+
+
+
+
+ Creates new instance
+
+ The name of the assembly reference
+ The hint path, if aplicable
+
+
+
+ Represents a project reference inside a project file
+
+
+
+
+ Path to a project file of reference
+
+
+
+
+ GUID of referenced project
+
+
+
+
+ Name of referenced project
+
+
+
+
+ ProjectGuid property of project file
+
+
+
+
+ AssemblyNAme property of project file
+
+
+
+
+ Creates new instance
+
+ The name of the assembly reference
+ GUID of referenced project
+ Name of referenced project
+
+
+
+ Updates Include folder and convertes it to absolute path
+
+
+
+
+
+ updates parser dependent properties: and
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for embedded native resource.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the target assembly path.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the resource path.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the resource name.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the resource type.
+
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+ Success or failure of the task.
+
+
+
+ Uploads a group of files using File Transfer Protocol (FTP).
+
+
+ Set either LocalFiles or LocalFile but not both.
+
+ Upload a file.
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Upload all the files in an ItemGroup:
+ '%(RecursiveDir)%(Filename)%(Extension)')" />
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance that will inject the specified dependency.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the single file to upload. Use
+ this or LocalFiles, but not both.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the local files to upload. Use this
+ or LocalFile, but not both.
+
+ The local file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote files to upload.
+ Each item in this list should have a corresponding item in LocalFiles.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote URI to upload.
+
+ The remote URI.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the username.
+
+ The username.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password.
+
+ The password.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the behavior of a client application's data transfer process.
+
+ true if [use passive]; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to make a persistent connection to the Internet resource.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the time-out value in milliseconds
+
+ The number of milliseconds to wait before the request times out. The default value is 7000 milliseconds (7 seconds).
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ This class references an interface that looks like FtpWebRequest
+ in order to support unit testing without an actual FTP Server.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the ContentLength property of the FtpWebRequest.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calls GetRequestStream on the FtpWebRequest.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the StatusDescription property of the response, then closes the response
+ on the FtpWebRequest.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the response from the FTP server and closes it.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the response stream from the FtpWebRequest.
+
+
+
+
+
+ An adapter to make the real FtpWebRequest look like
+ an IFtpWebRequest.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the RealFtpWebRequest class.
+
+
+
+
+ Ftp client base class.
+
+
+
+
+ The socket that will connect to the FTP server.
+
+
+
+
+ The size of the data buffer.
+
+
+
+
+ The last recieved FTP response over the client socket.
+
+
+
+
+ The password to use to login.
+
+
+
+
+ The port number of the FTP server.
+
+
+
+
+ The hostname of the FTP server.
+
+
+
+
+ The username to use to login.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server host.
+
+ The server host.
+ The lenght of the given value is greater then 126 characters.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the port number.
+
+ The port numer.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the client socket.
+
+ The client socket.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this is connected.
+
+ true if connected; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets the encoding to use with communication with the server.
+
+ The encoding.
+
+
+
+ Gets the last recieved FTP response over the client socket.
+
+ The last recieved FTP response over the client socket.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the username to login.
+
+ The username.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password to login.
+
+ The password.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the FTP message conversation should be logged.
+
+
+ true if the FTP message conversation should be logged; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the size of the data buffer.
+
+
+
+
+ Connects this FTP server socket.
+
+ Thrown when unable to connect.
+
+
+
+ Login to the FTP server with the specified credentials.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the type of file to be transferred.
+
+ File transfer type: BINARY or ASCII
+
+
+
+ Changes the working directory.
+
+ The remote directory.
+ Occurs if there where connection problems during the process or the FTP server doesn't support the CWD command. See the Message of the exception for details.
+ Sends the CWD command.
+
+
+
+ Gets the working directory.
+
+ The current working directory.
+
+
+
+ Change to the parent of the current working directory.
+
+ Occurs if there where connection problems during the process or the FTP server doesn't support the CDUP command. See the Message of the exception for details.
+ Sends the CDUP command.
+
+
+
+ Determs whether a remote file exists.
+
+ The remote file.
+
+ Occurs if there where connection problems during the operation or if the FTP server doesn't support the SIZE command. See the Message of the exception for details.
+
+
+
+ Determs whether a remote directory exists.
+
+ The remote directory.
+
+ This method is based on the succeedness of a CWD command, this can give wrong indication at a rare number of FTP server!
+
+ Thrown if the opperation couldn't be executed.
+ true if the directory exists remotely; otherwise false
+
+
+
+ Removes a remote directory.
+
+ The remote directory name.
+ Occurs if there where connection problems during the process or the FTP server doesn't support the RMD command. See the Message of the exception for details.
+ Sends the RMD command.
+
+
+
+ Creates a remote directory in the current working folder.
+
+ Name of the directory.
+ Occurs if there where connection problems during the process or the FTP server doesn't support the MMD command. See the Message of the exception for details.
+
+
+
+ Closes the connection to the server.
+
+
+
+
+ Stores the specified localFile.
+
+ The localfile.
+ The remotefile.
+
+
+
+ Send a command to the FTP server.
+
+ The command, for example PWD.
+ The value.
+
+
+
+ Send a command to the FTP server.
+
+ The full command to send.
+
+
+
+ Send a command to the FTP server and returns the response.
+
+ The command, for example PWD.
+ The value
+ The reply of the FTP server for this command.
+
+
+
+ Send a command to the FTP server and returns the response.
+
+ The raw command to send.
+ The reply of the FTP server for this command.
+
+
+
+ Get the full directory details of the current directory.
+
+ A array that contains all the FTP files located in the currenct directory.
+
+
+
+ Create a data stream and send a raw command.
+
+ The raw command to send.
+ The data stream that was created.
+
+
+
+ Parses the data IP end point from datarequest message.
+
+ The message.
+
+
+
+
+ Get the full directory details of the current directory.
+
+ The remove directory, emtpy or null will get the details of the current directory.
+ A array that contains all the FTP files located in the currenct directory.
+
+
+
+ Reads the ftp response from the client socket.
+
+ The response of the FTP server.
+
+
+
+ Reads the response string from the client socket.
+
+ The response of the client socket.
+
+
+
+ Make sure the connections are closed and trow the specified exception.
+
+ The exception to throw.
+
+
+
+ Creates a full remote directory on the remote server if not exists using the File Transfer Protocol (FTP).
+ This can be one directory or a full path to create.
+
+ Create remote directory:
+
+ ]]>
+
+ The full remote directory path will be created. All directories that doesn't exists on the remote server will be created.
+
+
+
+ The remote directory to create.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote directory to create.
+
+ The remote directory.
+ This can be one directory name, like "Directory", or a directory path, like "Directory\Subdirectoy".
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Determ if a remote directory exists on a FTP server or not.
+
+ Determ of Directory\1 exists:
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+ If the directory exists on the server you should see the following output in the console:
+ Directory '1\2\3' exists: true
+
+ The full remote directory path will be created. All directories that doesn't exists on the remote server will be created.
+
+
+
+ The remote directory to create.
+
+
+
+
+ Flag that indicates whether the directory exists on the server.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote directory to create.
+
+ The remote directory.
+ This can be one directory name, like "Directory", or a directory path, like "Directory\Subdirectoy".
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an indication whether the directory exists on the server.
+
+ true when the directory exists on the server; otherwise false.
+
+
+
+ Executes the current task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Exception returned by FTP server.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The message.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The message.
+ The inner exception.
+
+
+
+ Represents an remote file or directory on a FTP server.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether this instance represents a directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Represents the file or directory name.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance represents a directory.
+
+
+ true if this instance represents a directory; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name.
+
+ The name.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ if set to true this instance represents a directory; otherwise, false.
+ The name.
+
+
+
+ Parses the dir list.
+
+ The entry lines.
+
+
+
+
+ Represenatation of a FTP reply message.
+
+
+
+
+ The result code of the FTP response.
+
+
+
+
+ The response message.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The result code of the FTP response.
+ The response message.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the result code.
+
+ The result code.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the message.
+
+ The message.
+
+
+
+ Uploads a full directory content to a remote directory.
+
+ Uploads directory content, including all subdirectories and subdirectory content:
+
+
+ ]]>
+ To go a little step further. If the local directory looked like this:
+
+ [mywebsite]
+ [images]
+ 1.gif
+ 2.gif
+ 3.gif
+ [js]
+ clientscript.js
+ nofocus.js
+ [css]
+ print.css
+ main.css
+ index.htm
+ contact.htm
+ downloads.htm
+
+ All directories and there content will be uploaded and a excact copy of the content of mywebsite directory will be created remotely.
+
+ If is set the false; only index.htm, contact.htm and downloads.htm will be uploaded and no subdirectories will be created remotely.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the local directory that contains the content to upload.
+
+ The local directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote directory destination for the local files.
+
+ The remote directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type of files to be transferred. Accepts either 'BINARY' or 'ASCII' value.
+
+ Files transfer type.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the subdirectories of the local directory should be created remotely and the content of these should also be uploaded.
+
+ true if recursive; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Upload a directory and its file contents.
+
+ The local path.
+ if set to true all subdurectiries will be included.
+
+
+
+ Upload a directory and its file contents.
+
+ The local path.
+ Only upload files that compli to the mask.
+ if set to true all subdurectiries will be included.
+
+
+
+ The status of an uninstall.
+
+
+
+
+ No status.
+
+
+
+
+ Uninstalled successfully.
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly is still in use.
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly already uninstalled or not found.
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly delete is pending.
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly has a reference to an installed application.
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly not found.
+
+
+
+
+ A class wrapping fusion api calls
+
+
+
+
+ Installs the assembly.
+
+ The assembly path.
+ if set to true force.
+
+
+
+ Uninstalls the assembly.
+
+ Name of the assembly.
+ if set to true force.
+ Returns true if uninstall successful.
+
+
+
+ Uninstalls the assembly.
+
+ Name of the assembly.
+ if set to true force.
+ The UninstallStatus result.
+ Returns true if uninstall successful.
+
+
+
+ Gets the assembly path.
+
+ Name of the assembly.
+ The path to the assembly in the GAC.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the assembly.
+
+ Name of the assembly.
+ An instance.
+
+
+
+ A task for git to get the current commit datetime.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the revision to get the version from. Default is HEAD.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the commit datetime.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the arguments.
+
+ The builder.
+
+
+
+ A task for git to get the most current tag, commit count since tag, and commit hash.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of commits in this branch since the last tag
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the commit hash.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the last tagname for this branch
+
+
+
+
+ Not active yet
+
+
+
+
+ When true, any processing errors will push error status out into
+
+
+
+
+ When true, will use unannotated tags
+
+
+
+
+ Matches the specified pattern
+
+
+
+
+ When true, Git describe will always return at least hash
+
+
+
+
+ Make sure we specify abbrev=40 to get full CommitHash
+
+
+
+
+
+ Parses a single line of text to identify any errors or warnings in canonical format.
+
+ A single line of text for the method to parse.
+ A value of that indicates the importance level with which to log the message.
+
+
+
+ A task to get the name of the branch or tag of git repository
+
+
+
+
+ Default constructor
+
+
+
+
+ Return the branch or tag.
+
+
+
+
+ Parse the output of the console and gets the Branch or Tag.
+
+ the line being parsed
+ message importance
+
+
+
+ Check if a stdout Git line shows the current branch
+
+ the stdout line
+ true if is branch line
+
+
+
+ Parses a branch status line and returns the branch or tag
+
+ the stdout line of git command line tool
+ the branch or tag
+
+
+
+ Generates the arguments.
+
+ The builder.
+
+
+
+ A task for Git commands.
+
+
+
+
+ Default constructor. Creates a new GitClient task.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the raw arguments to pass to the git command.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the local or working path for git command.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets command console output messages.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the command.
+
+ The builder.
+
+
+
+ Generates the arguments.
+
+ The builder.
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the directory in which to run the executable file.
+
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Parses a single line of text to identify any errors or warnings in canonical format.
+
+ A single line of text for the method to parse.
+ A value of that indicates the importance level with which to log the message.
+
+
+
+ A task for git to retrieve the number of commits on a revision.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the revision to get the total number of commits from. Default is HEAD.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the commitscount.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the arguments.
+
+ The builder.
+
+
+
+ Parses a single line of text to identify any errors or warnings in canonical format.
+
+ A single line of text for the method to parse.
+ A value of that indicates the importance level with which to log the message.
+
+
+
+ A task for git to detect if there are pending changes
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets whether the working directory has pending changes.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the arguments.
+
+ The builder.
+
+
+
+ Parses a single line of text to identify any errors or warnings in canonical format.
+
+ A single line of text for the method to parse.
+ A value of that indicates the importance level with which to log the message.
+
+
+
+ A task for git to get the current commit hash.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the revision to get the version from. Default is HEAD.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the commit hash.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to abbreviate to a shorter unique name.
+
+
+ true if short; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating short hash length.
+
+
+ Length for short hash.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the arguments.
+
+ The builder.
+
+
+
+ Parses a single line of text to identify any errors or warnings in canonical format.
+
+ A single line of text for the method to parse.
+ A value of that indicates the importance level with which to log the message.
+
+
+
+ Html Help 1x compiler task.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the project file path.
+
+ The project file path.
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Handles execution errors raised by the executable file.
+
+
+ true if the method runs successfully; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ A Html Help 2.0 compiler task.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the project file path.
+
+ The project file path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the log file.
+
+ The log file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the project root.
+
+ The project root.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output file.
+
+ The output file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+ true if no info messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+ true if no warning messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether no error messages will be output.
+
+ true if no error messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating quite mode.
+
+ true if quite mode; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the uncompile file.
+
+ The uncompile file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the uncompile directory.
+
+ The uncompile directory.
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Handles execution errors raised by the executable file.
+
+
+ true if the method runs successfully; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task to create installer with InnoSetup
+
+ Create installer
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Filename of Inno Setup script (.iss)
+
+ InnoSetup file, example: C:\Setup.iss
+
+
+
+ Specify output filename
+
+ Name for setup, examples: MySetup.exe
+
+
+
+ Specify output path
+
+ Path for output setup, example: C:\Setups
+
+
+
+ Quiet compile
+
+ True o False
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task to minimize the size of a css file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the items that were successfully compressed.
+
+ The compressed files.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the list of files to compressed the source files to.
+
+
+ This list is expected to be a one-to-one mapping with the
+ list specified in the SourceFiles parameter. That is, the
+ first file specified in SourceFiles will be compressed to the
+ first location specified in DestinationFiles, and so forth.
+
+ The destination files.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directory to which you want to compress the files.
+
+ The destination folder.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source files to compress.
+
+ The source files to compress.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Work in progress ...
+
+
+ Based on http://iceyboard.no-ip.org/projects/css_compressor
+
+
+
+
+ Compresses JavaScript source by removing comments and unnecessary
+ whitespace. It typically reduces the size of the script by half,
+ resulting in faster downloads and code that is harder to read.
+
+
+ This task does not change the behavior of the program that it is
+ compressing. The resulting code will be harder to debug as well as
+ harder to read.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the files to source-compress.
+
+
+
+
+ Encoding to use to read and write files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the files that were successfully source-compressed.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the modes for merging files.
+
+
+
+
+ Merges files as binary data.
+
+
+
+
+ Merges files as text.
+
+
+
+
+ Merges files as text line by line.
+
+
+
+
+ Merge files into the destination file.
+
+ Merge CSS files together for better browser performance.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the mode to use when merging.
+
+ The merge mode.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source files to merge.
+
+ The source files to merge.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the destination file where the
+ are merged to.
+
+ The destination file.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Makes an HTTP request, optionally validating the result and writing it to a file.
+
+
+ Execute a http request to hit the database update.
+ Target attributes to set:
+ Url (required),
+ FailOnNon2xxResponse (200 responses generally means successful http request. default=true),
+ EnsureResponseContains (string to check for),
+ WriteResponseTo (file name to write to),
+
+
+ Example of a update request ensuring "Database upgrade check completed successfully." was returned.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ The URL to make an HTTP request against.
+
+
+
+
+ Optional: if set then the task fails if the response text doesn't contain the text specified.
+
+
+
+
+ Default is true. When true, if the web server returns a status code less than 200 or greater than 299 then the task fails.
+
+
+
+
+ Optional, default is GET. The HTTP method to use for the request.
+
+
+
+
+ Optional. The username to use with basic authentication.
+
+
+
+
+ Optional. The password to use with basic authentication.
+
+
+
+
+ Optional; the name of the file to reqd the request from.
+
+
+
+
+ Optional; the name of the file to write the response to.
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor to set the default parameters for http request
+
+
+
+
+ Entry Point inherited from Task
+
+
+
+
+ A base class for NuGet tasks.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+ The working directory.
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log output.
+
+
+ The with which to log output.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Returns the directory in which to run the executable file.
+
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Deletes a package with a specific version. It can be useful if the server has disallow
+ to overwrite existing packages.
+
+
+
+
+ Specify the id of the package to delete.
+
+
+
+
+ The version of the package to delete.
+
+
+
+
+ A list of packages sources to use for the delete.
+
+
+
+
+ The API key for the server.
+
+
+
+
+ (v2.5) The NuGet configuation file. If not specified, file %AppData%\NuGet\NuGet.config is used as configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+ Display this amount of details in the output: normal, quiet, detailed.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Installs a package using the specified sources.
+
+
+
+
+ Specify the id of the package to install. If a path to a packages.config file is used instead of an id, all the packages it contains are installed.
+
+
+
+
+ A list of packages sources to use for the install.
+
+
+
+
+ The directory in which packages will be installed. If none specified, uses the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ The version of the package to install.
+
+
+
+
+ If set, the destination directory will contain only the package name, not the version number
+
+
+
+
+ Allows prerelease packages to be installed. This flag is not required when restoring packages by installing from packages.config.
+
+
+
+
+ Disable looking up packages from local machine cache.
+
+
+
+
+ Solution root for package restore.
+
+
+
+
+ The NuGet configuation file. If not specified, file %AppData%\NuGet\NuGet.config is used as configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+ Display this amount of details in the output: normal, quiet, detailed.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a NuGet package based on the specified nuspec or project file.
+
+
+
+
+ The Regex used to get the full path to the NuGet Package created by the NuGetPack Task
+
+
+
+
+ The location of the nuspec or project file to create a package.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the directory for the created NuGet package.
+
+
+
+
+ Overrides the version number from the nuspec file.
+
+
+
+
+ Appends a pre-release suffix to the internally generated version number.
+
+
+
+
+ The base path of the files defined in the nuspec file.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies one or more wildcard patterns to exclude when creating a package.
+
+
+ Only available starting in version 1.3.
+
+
+
+
+ Prevent inclusion of empty directories when building the package
+
+
+
+
+ Shows verbose output for package building.
+
+ true if verbose; otherwise, false.
+
+ Deprecated in NuGet 2.0. Use instead.
+
+
+
+
+ Display this amount of details in the output.
+
+ normal; quiet; ; detailed
+
+
+
+ Determines if the project should be built before building the package.
+
+ true if project should build first; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines if the output files of the project should be in the tool folder.
+
+ true if output files should be in the tool folder; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines if a package containing sources and symbols should be created. When specified with a nuspec,
+ creates a regular NuGet package file and the corresponding symbols package.
+
+ true if symbols; otherwise, false.
+
+ Only available starting in version 1.4.
+
+
+
+
+ Provides the ability to specify a semicolon ";" delimited list of properties when creating a package.
+
+
+
+
+ Prevent default exclusion of NuGet package files and files and folders starting with a dot e.g. .svn.
+
+ true to prevent default exclusion; otherwise, false.
+
+ Only available starting in version 1.3.
+
+
+
+
+ Specify if the command should not run package analysis after building the package.
+
+
+
+
+ Include referenced projects either as dependencies or as part of the package. If a referenced project
+ has a corresponding nuspec file that has the same name as the project, then that referenced project is
+ added as a dependency. Otherwise, the referenced project is added as part of the package.
+
+ true to include referenced projects; otherwise, false.
+
+ Only available starting in version 2.5.
+
+
+
+
+ Set the minClientVersion attribute for the created package. This value will override the value of the
+ existing minClientVersion attribute (if any) in the .nuspec file.
+
+ A version number; e.g. "2.5.0" or "2.8.0".
+
+ Only available starting in version 2.5.
+
+
+
+
+ The full file path of the NuGet package created by the NuGetPack task
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the events from text output.
+
+ The single line.
+ The message importance.
+
+
+
+ Pushes a package to the server and optionally publishes it.
+
+
+
+
+ The path to the package to push the package to the server.
+
+
+
+
+ The API key to use for push to the server.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the server URL.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies if the package should be created and uploaded to the server but not published to the server. False by default.
+
+
+ true if create only; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Downloads and unzips (restores) any packages missing from the packages folder.
+
+
+
+
+ If a solution is specified, this command restores NuGet packages that are
+ installed in the solution and in projects contained in the solution. Otherwise,
+ the command restores packages listed in the specified packages.config file.
+
+
+
+
+ A list of packages sources to use for the install.
+
+
+
+
+ The directory in which packages will be installed. If none specified, uses the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Disable parallel nuget package restores.
+
+
+
+
+ Disable looking up packages from local machine cache.
+
+
+
+
+ Solution root for package restore.
+
+
+
+
+ The NuGet configuation file. If not specified, file %AppData%\NuGet\NuGet.config is used as configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+ Display this amount of details in the output: normal, quiet, detailed.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Updates packages
+
+
+
+
+ Specify the id of the package to update. If a path to a packages.config file is used instead of an id, all the packages it contains are updated.
+
+
+
+
+ The version of the package to update.
+
+
+
+
+ A list of packages sources to use for the update.
+
+
+
+
+ The directory in which packages will be updated. If none specified, uses the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Path to the local packages folder (location where packages are installed).
+
+
+
+
+ Looks for updates with the highest version available within the same major and minor version as the installed package.
+
+
+
+
+ (v1.4) Update the running NuGet.exe to the newest version available from the server.
+
+
+
+
+ Allows updating to prerelease versions. This flag is not required when updating prerelease packages that are already installed.
+
+
+
+
+ (v2.5) The NuGet configuation file. If not specified, file %AppData%\NuGet\NuGet.config is used as configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+ (v2.5) The action to take, when asked to overwrite or ignore existing files referenced by the project: Overwrite, Ignore, None.
+
+
+
+
+ Display this amount of details in the output: normal, quiet, detailed.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Run NUnit 3.x on a group of assemblies.
+
+ Run NUnit tests.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ The default relative path of the NUnit installation.
+ The value is @"NUnit.org\nunit-console".
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assemblies.
+
+ The assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output XML file.
+
+ The output XML file.
+
+
+
+ The file to receive test error details.
+
+
+
+
+ The file to redirect standard output to.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+ The working directory.
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether assemblies are copied to a shadow folder during testing.
+
+ Shadow copying is disabled by default. If you want to test the assemblies "in the shadow folder",
+ you must set this property to True.
+
+
+
+ The project configuration to run.
+
+ Only applies when a project file is used. The default is the first configuration, usually Debug.
+
+
+
+ Allows tests to be run in a new thread, allowing you to take advantage of ApartmentState and ThreadPriority settings in the config file.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the tests are run in a 32bit process on a 64bit OS.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines the framework to run aganist.
+
+
+
+
+ Whether or not to show test labels in output.
+ On - Labels are shown in the output.
+ Off - Labels are not shown in the output.
+ All -
+
+
+
+
+ The --process option controls how NUnit loads tests in processes. The following values are recognized.
+ Single - All the tests are run in the nunit-console process. This is the default.
+ Separate - A separate process is created to run the tests.
+ Multiple - A separate process is created for each test assembly, whether specified on the command line or listed in an NUnit project file.
+ Note: This option is not available using the .NET 1.1 build of nunit-console.
+
+
+
+
+ The --domain option controls of the creation of AppDomains for running tests. The following values are recognized:
+ None - No domain is created - the tests are run in the primary domain. This normally requires copying the NUnit assemblies into the same directory as your tests.
+ Single - A test domain is created - this is how NUnit worked prior to version 2.4
+ Multiple - A separate test domain is created for each assembly
+ The default is to use multiple domains if multiple assemblies are listed on the command line. Otherwise a single domain is used.
+
+
+
+
+ The --apartment option may be used to specify the ApartmentState (STA or MTA) of the test runner thread. Since the default is MTA, the option is only needed to force execution in the Single Threaded Apartment.
+ Note: If a given test must always run in a particular apartment, as is the case with many Gui tests, you should use an attribute on the test rather than specifying this option at the command line.
+
+
+
+
+ The --where option may be used to specify an expression indicating which tests to run.
+ It may specify test names, classes, methods, catgories or properties comparing them to actual values with the operators ==, !=, =~ and !~.
+ See NUnit 3.0 Test Selection Language for a full description of the syntax.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The --timeout option may be used to specify the timeout for each test case in MILLISECONDS.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The --workers option may be used to specify the number of worker threads to be used in running tests.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The --trace option may be used to specify the internal trace level.
+ Off
+ Error
+ Warning
+ Info
+ Verbose (Debug)
+
+
+
+
+
+ The --noheader suppress display of program information at start of run.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The --nocolor displays console output without color.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The --verbose displays additional information as the test runs.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Returns the directory in which to run the executable file.
+
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a relative path from one file
+ or folder to another.
+
+
+ Contains the directory that defines the
+ start of the relative path.
+
+
+ Contains the path that defines the
+ endpoint of the relative path.
+
+
+ The relative path from the start
+ directory to the end path.
+
+
+ Thrown if or are null.
+
+
+
+
+ Compiles regular expressions and saves them to disk in an assembly.
+
+
+
+ When defining the regular expressions in an MSBuild project file, the ItemGroup
+ item must have a metadata tag called 'Pattern' that is the actually regular expression.
+ Other optional metadata tags are the following.
+
+
+ Metadata Tags
+ Description
+
+ -
+ Pattern
+ The actually regular expression pattern to be compiled. (Required)
+
+ -
+ Options
+ The RegexOptions for the expression.
+
+ -
+ Namespace
+ The class namespace for the compile class.
+
+ -
+ IsPublic
+ A flag if the generated expression should be public.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an assembly with the compiled regular expressions.
+
+
+
+ \G[^<]+
+ RegexOptions.Singleline | RegexOptions.Multiline
+
+
+ \G<%--(([^-]*)-)*?-%>
+ RegexOptions.Singleline | RegexOptions.Multiline
+
+
+ \G<%(?![@%])(?<code>.*?)%>
+ RegexOptions.Singleline | RegexOptions.Multiline
+ MSBuild.Community.RegularExpressions
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the assembly to be created by the regex compiler.
+
+ The name of the assembly.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly title.
+
+ The assembly title.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly description.
+
+ The assembly description.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly company.
+
+ The assembly company.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly product.
+
+ The assembly product.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly copyright.
+
+ The assembly copyright.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly culture.
+
+ The assembly culture.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly version.
+
+ The assembly version.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly file version.
+
+ The assembly file version.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly informational version.
+
+ The assembly informational version.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly key file.
+
+ The assembly key file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directory where the assembly will be saved.
+
+ The output directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output file.
+
+ The output file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the regular expressions.
+
+ The regular expressions.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the file defining the regular expressions.
+
+ The regular expressions file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default value is public for regular expression instances.
+
+ true if regular expression instance is public; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the default namespace for regular expression instances.
+
+ The namespace for regular expression instances.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the default regular expression options.
+
+ The default regular expression options.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ BuildAssembler task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the configuration file.
+
+ The configuration file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the manifest file.
+
+ The manifest file.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ ChmBuilder task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the HTML directory.
+
+ The HTML directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the project.
+
+ The name of the project.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the toc file.
+
+ The toc file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output file.
+
+ The output file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is metadata.
+
+ true if metadata; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the language id.
+
+ The language id.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ DBCSFix task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the CHM directory.
+
+ The CHM directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the language id.
+
+ The language id.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ MRefBuilder task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output file.
+
+ The output file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the config file.
+
+ The config file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the references.
+
+ The references.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assemblies.
+
+ The assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include internal members.
+
+ true to include internal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ The Sandcastle task.
+
+ Create the Html Help for MSBuild Community Task project.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the sandcastle install root directory.
+
+ The sandcastle root directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+ The working directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the html help topic style.
+
+ The html help topic style.
+
+ The styles supported are hana, prototype and vs2005.
+ The default style is vs2005.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether working directory is cleaned.
+
+ true if clean; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the references.
+
+ The references.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assemblies.
+
+ The assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the comments.
+
+ The comments.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the build assembler config file.
+
+ The build assembler config.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the CHM.
+
+ The name of the CHM.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the language id.
+
+ The language id.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating a Html Help 2x project will be created.
+
+ The name of the Html Help 2x project.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+ true if no info messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+ true if no warning messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ A class representing the sandcastle enviroment.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The sandcastle root.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the sandcastle root.
+
+ The sandcastle root.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the tools directory.
+
+ The tools directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the transforms directory.
+
+ The transforms directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the presentation directory.
+
+ The presentation directory.
+
+
+
+ A base class for Sandcastle Tools,
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the sandcastle enviroment.
+
+ The sandcastle enviroment.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the enviroment variables.
+
+ The enviroment variables.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the sandcastle install root directory.
+
+ The sandcastle root directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+ true if no info messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+ true if no warning messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the override value of the PATH environment variable.
+
+
+ The override value of the PATH environment variable.
+
+
+
+ Logs the events from text output.
+
+ The single line.
+ The message importance.
+
+
+
+ XslTransform task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output file.
+
+ The output file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XSLT files.
+
+ The XSLT files.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XML files.
+
+ The XML files.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+ The arguments.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ The contract for a service that will provide access to the file system.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the specified file exists.
+
+ The path of the file to check.
+ True if the file exists on the filesystem.
+
+
+
+ Returns the contents of a file.
+
+ The path of the file to read.
+ The text with the specified file.
+
+
+
+ Writes text to a file.
+
+ The path of the file to write.
+ The text to write to the file.
+
+
+
+ Provides access to the file system.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the specified file exists.
+
+ The path of the file to check.
+ True if the file exists on the filesystem.
+
+
+
+ Returns the contents of a file.
+
+ The path of the file to read.
+ The text with the specified file.
+
+
+
+ Writes text to a file.
+
+ The path of the file to write.
+ The text to write to the file.
+
+
+
+ The contract for a service that will provide access to the registry.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the names of the subkeys under the provided key.
+
+ The hive where is located.
+ The key to search.
+ A list of subkeys.
+
+
+
+ Returns the value of an entry in the registry.
+
+ The key of the registry entry that contains
+ The name of the value to return.
+ The value of the registry entry.
+
+
+
+ Provides access to the Windows registry.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the names of the subkeys under the provided key.
+
+ The hive where is located.
+ The key to search.
+ A list of subkeys.
+
+
+
+ Returns the value of an entry in the registry.
+
+ The key of the registry entry that contains
+ The name of the value to return.
+ The value of the registry entry.
+
+
+
+ The list of the commands available to the GacUtil Task
+
+
+
+ Install the list of assemblies into the GAC.
+
+
+ Uninstall the list of assembly names from the GAC.
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task to install and uninstall assemblies into the GAC
+
+ Install a dll into the GAC.
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Uninstall a dll from the GAC.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the command.
+
+ The command.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the related file extensions to copy when is true.
+
+ The related file extensions.
+
+ The default extensions are .pdb and .xml.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether related files are included when installing in GAC.
+
+ true if related files are included when installing in GAC; otherwise, false.
+
+ Setting IncludeRelatedFiles to true will copy the pdb and xml files from the same folder as the
+ assembly to the location in the GAC that the assembly was installed to. This is useful in some
+ debugging scenarios were you need to debug assemblies that are GAC'd.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether warning messages are output.
+
+ true to not log warning messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to force reinstall of an assembly.
+
+ true if force; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly name or file.
+
+ The assembly name or file.
+
+ When the command is install, Assemblies should be a file path to the assembly
+ to install in the GAC. When command is uninstall, Assemblies should be a
+ the full name of the assembly to uninstall.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the installed assembly paths.
+
+ The installed paths.
+
+
+
+ Gets the installed assembly names.
+
+ The installed names.
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of assemblies successfully installed/uninstalled.
+
+ The number successful assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of assemblies that failed to installed/uninstalled.
+
+ The number failed assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of assemblies that were skipped during installed/uninstalled.
+
+ The number of skipped assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Runs the executable file with the specified task parameters.
+
+
+ true if the task runs successfully; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a database host within the Oracle TNSNAMES.ORA file.
+
+ Add an entry to the system default TNSNAMES.ORA file and update any entry that already exists:
+ ]]>
+
+
+ Add an entry to a specific file and fail if the entry already exists:
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the AddTnsName task using dependency injection.
+
+ A service that provides access to the Windows registry.
+ A service that provides access to the file system.
+
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the AddTnsName task using the default system services.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ The path to a specific TNSNAMES.ORA file to update.
+
+ If not specified, the default is %ORACLE_HOME%\network\admin\tnsnames.ora
+
+
+
+ The contents of the TNSNAMES.ORA file before any changes are made.
+
+
+
+
+ The path to the TNSNAMES.ORA that was used by task.
+
+
+
+
+ The name of the host entry to add.
+
+ To be properly recognized by Oracle, the value must contain a period, followed by a suffix. For example: mydatabase.world
+
+
+
+ The contents of the TNSNAMES.ORA file after the task executes.
+
+
+
+
+ The definition of the host entry to add.
+
+ To be properly recognized by Oracle, the value must be surrounded by parentheses.
+
+
+
+ When true, the task will update an existing entry with .
+ If false, the task will fail if already exists.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines which TNSNAMES.ORA file to update based on task input and the current system environment.
+
+ The path of the TNSNAMES.ORA file that will be used by the task.
+
+
+
+
+ Contains information about a TNS definition
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of a TnsEntry
+
+ The position of the entry within a TNSNAMES.ORA file
+ The length of the entry definition within the TNSNAMES.ORA file
+
+
+
+ The position of the entry within a TNSNAMES.ORA file
+
+
+
+
+ The length of the entry definition within the TNSNAMES.ORA file
+
+
+
+
+ Locates host entries within a TNSNAMES.ORA file
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the parser using the contents of a TNSNAMES.ORA file.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Locates a host entry by its name.
+
+ The name of the entry to find.
+ A which contains information about the location of the entry within the file.
+
+
+
+ Task wrapping the Window Resource Kit Robocopy.exe command.
+
+ Deploy website to web server.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Source directory
+
+
+ You can use drive:\path or \\server\share\path
+
+
+
+
+ Names of files to act upon.
+
+
+ You can use wildcard characters (? and *). If no
+ files are listed, Robocopy defaults to all files (*.*).
+
+
+
+
+ Destination directory.
+
+
+ You can use drive:\path or \\server\share\path
+
+
+
+
+ /S Copies subdirectories (excluding empty ones).
+
+
+
+
+ /E Copies all subdirectories (including empty ones).
+
+
+
+
+ /Z Copies files in restartable mode (that is, restarts the copy process from the point of failure).
+
+
+
+
+ /B Copies files in Backup mode (Backup copies are not restartable, but can copy some files that restartable mode cannot).
+
+
+
+
+ /COPY:copyflags Copies the file information specified by copyflags.
+
+
+ D – file Data, S – file Security (NTFS ACLs), A – file Attributes,
+ O – file Ownership information, T – file Timestamps, U – file Auditing infomation.
+
+
+
+
+ /COPYALL Copies Everything. Equivalent to /COPY:DATSOU.
+
+
+
+
+ /NOCOPY Copies Nothing. Can be useful with /PURGE.
+
+
+
+
+ /SEC Copies NTFS security information. (Source and destination volumes must both be NTFS). Equivalent to /COPY:DATS.
+
+
+
+
+ /MOV Moves files (that is, deletes source files after copying).
+
+
+
+
+ /MOVE Moves files and directories (that is, deletes source files and directories after copying).
+
+
+
+
+ /PURGE Deletes destination files and directories that no longer exist in the source.
+
+
+
+
+ /MIR Mirrors a directory tree (equivalent to running both /E and /PURGE).
+
+
+
+
+ /CREATE Creates a directory tree structure containing zero-length files only (that is, no file data is copied).
+
+
+
+
+ /FAT Creates destination files using only 8.3 FAT file names.
+
+
+
+
+ /FFT Assume FAT File Times (2-second granularity).
+
+
+
+
+ /IA:{R|A|S|H|C|N|E|T|O} Includes files with the specified attributes.
+
+
+ The following file attributes can be acted upon:
+ R – Read only, A – Archive, S – System, H – Hidden,
+ C – Compressed, N – Not content indexed, E – Encrypted,
+ T – Temporary, O - Offline
+
+
+
+
+ /XA:{R|A|S|H|C|N|E|T|O} Excludes files with the specified attributes.
+
+
+ The following file attributes can be acted upon:
+ R – Read only, A – Archive, S – System, H – Hidden,
+ C – Compressed, N – Not content indexed, E – Encrypted,
+ T – Temporary, O - Offline
+
+
+
+
+ /A Copies only files with the archive attribute set.
+
+
+
+
+ /M Copies only files with the archive attribute set and then resets (turns off) the archive attribute in the source files.
+
+
+
+
+ /XJ Excludes Junction points.
+
+
+
+
+ /XF file [file] Excludes files with the specified names, paths, or wildcard characters.
+
+
+
+
+ /XD dir [dir] Excludes directories with the specified names, paths, or wildcard characters.
+
+
+
+
+ /V Produces verbose output (including skipped files).
+
+
+
+
+ /NFL Turns off logging of file names. File names are still shown, however, if file copy errors occur.
+
+
+
+
+ /NDL Turns off logging of directory names. Full file pathnames (as opposed to simple file names) will be shown if /NDL is used.
+
+
+
+
+ /NJH Turns of logging of the job header.
+
+
+
+
+ /NJS Turns off logging of the job summary.
+
+
+
+
+ /NP Turns off copy progress indicator (% copied).
+
+
+
+
+ /LOG:file Redirects output to the specified file, overwriting the file if it already exists.
+
+
+
+
+ /LOG+:file Redirects output to the specified file, appending it to the file if it already exists.
+
+
+
+
+ Manually entered options.
+
+
+
+
+ Handles execution errors raised by the executable file.
+
+
+ true if the method runs successfully; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ A task to play a sound from a .wav file path or URL.
+
+
+ You must specify either
+ a file or URL (),
+ a file relative to the (),
+ or a file within the folder ().
+
+ To play the windows XP startup sound, use
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ To play a wav file from the "MyMusic" folder, use
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the file path or URL of the .wav file to load.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the file path of the .wav file to load
+ as a relative path to .
+
+
+ For example, on a Windows XP platform, you can call
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the file path of the .wav file to load
+ as a relative path to .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the time, in milliseconds, in which the .wav file must load.
+
+ The number of milliseconds to wait. The default is 10000 (10 seconds).
+
+ After this time has expired, the loading is canceled and the task execution fails.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to play the sound synchronously.
+
+
+ if playing the sound using the caller's thread (default);
+ otherwise, if playing the sound using a new thread.
+
+
+
+
+ Loads the .wav file given by
+ and plays the sound using a new thread.
+
+
+ Returns if the .wav file can successfully be played;
+ otherwise, returns .
+
+
+
+
+ A base class that has a file.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ Name of the file.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The file info.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the file.
+
+ The file.
+
+
+
+ Returns a that represents this instance.
+
+
+ A that represents this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Performs an implicit conversion from to .
+
+ The output file.
+ The result of the conversion.
+
+
+
+ Commands for the tasks.
+
+
+
+
+ Read stream from pdb symbol file.
+
+
+
+
+ Write stream to pdb symbol file.
+
+
+
+
+ A task for the pdbstr from source server.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the PDB file.
+
+ The PDB file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the stream file.
+
+ The stream file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the stream.
+
+ The name of the stream.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the command.
+
+ The command.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+
+ A class representing a source file.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ Name of the file.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The file info.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the properties.
+
+ The properties.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is resolved.
+
+
+ true if this instance is resolved; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates the source string.
+
+ The format.
+
+
+
+
+ A base class for source indexing a pdb symbol file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the symbol files to have to source index added.
+
+ The symbol files.
+
+
+
+ Default install locations for the debugger tools if installed with the windows sdk (which I think is now the only option?).
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source server SDK path.
+
+ The source server SDK path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source command format. The SRCSRVCMD environment variable.
+
+ The source command format.
+
+ Describes how to build the command to extract the file from source control.
+ This includes the name of the executable file and its command-line parameters.
+ See srcsrv.doc for full documentation on SRCSRVCMD.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source target format. The SRCSRVTRG environment variable.
+
+ The source target format.
+
+ Describes how to build the target path for the extracted file.
+ See srcsrv.doc for full documentation on SRCSRVTRG.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the fail on no source information found flag.
+
+ true
if finding no source information in a pdb should be treated as an error;
+ otherwise false
.
+
+ Assemblies that only contain classes with auto properties, enums or constants may not contain
+ any source information in the pdb.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the no source information found in
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Indexes the symbol file.
+
+ The symbol file task item.
+ true if index successfully; otherwise false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep temporary source index file created during index for debugging purposes.
+
+
+ true to keep the temporary file; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of from the symbol file task item and add the source file list to it.
+
+ The symbol file task item.
+ An instance of or null if there was an error.
+
+
+
+ Adds the source properties to the symbol file.
+
+ The symbol file to add the source properties to.
+ true if successful; otherwise false.
+
+
+
+ Creates the source index file.
+
+ The symbol file to create the index file from.
+ The source index file.
+ true if successful; otherwise false.
+
+
+
+ Writes the source index file to the symbol file.
+
+ The symbol file.
+ The source index file.
+ true if successful; otherwise false.
+
+
+
+ Copies the build engine to the task.
+
+ The task.
+
+
+
+ A task for the srctool from source server.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the PDB file.
+
+ The PDB file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to dumps raw source data from the PDB. The -r switch.
+
+ true if source only; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the filter to only source files that match this regular expression. The -l switch.
+
+ The filter regular expression.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to extracts the files, instead of simply listing them. The -x switch.
+
+ true if extract; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directory to extract to. The -d switch.
+
+ The extract directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to get the count of indexed files. The -c switch.
+
+ true if count only; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of source files.
+
+ The number of source files.
+
+
+
+ Gets the source files. Populated when is true.
+
+ The source files.
+
+
+
+ Gets the extracted files. Populated when is true.
+
+ The extracted files.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Parses a single line of text to identify any errors or warnings in canonical format.
+
+ A single line of text for the method to parse.
+ A value of that indicates the importance level with which to log the message.
+
+
+
+ Handles execution errors raised by the executable file.
+
+
+ true if the method runs successfully; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ A subversion source index task.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the source server.
+
+ The name of the source server.
+
+
+
+ Adds the source properties to the symbol file.
+
+ The symbol file to add the source properties to.
+
+ true if successful; otherwise false.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates the source index file.
+
+ The symbol file to create the index file from.
+ The source index file.
+
+ true if successful; otherwise false.
+
+
+
+
+ A class representing a symbol file.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ Name of the file.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The file info.
+
+
+
+ Gets the source files.
+
+ The source files.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is indexed.
+
+
+ true if this instance is indexed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Adds the source files.
+
+ The files.
+
+
+
+ Task to index pdb files and entries to retrieve source files from Team Foundation Server source control.
+
+
+ This implementation is based on a pdb indexed by Team Foundation Build 2013 and has not been tested on other versions
+ of TFS.
+
+ Index a PDB.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Path to the root of the team collection hosting your project
+
+ http://my-tfsserver/tfs/DefaultCollection
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the root of the workspace where the .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the tfs collection uri to use.
+ When this options is set pdb source information is retrieved from the server, rather
+ that using local workspace information.
+
+
+ The collection.
+
+
+ Also set the to retrieve the correct changeset
+
+ http://mytfs.com:8080/tfs/DefaultCollection
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the change set used to retrieve file information.
+
+
+ The change set number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The SqlPubWiz commands
+
+
+
+
+ Scripts a local database to one or more files
+
+
+
+
+ Publishes a local database to a web service provided by a hoster.
+
+
+
+
+ The Database Publishing Wizard enables the deployment of
+ SQL Server databases (both schema and data) into a shared
+ hosting environment.
+
+ Generate the database script for Northwind on localhost.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the database publishing command.
+
+ The database publishing command.
+
+ Use either script or publish. Use script to script a local
+ database to a file on the local computer. Use publish to
+ transfer database objects directly to a hosted database via
+ a web service. script and publish enable some of the same
+ options and switches. Some options and switches are only
+ enabled only by one of these verbs.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the full connection string to the local database.
+
+ The connection string.
+
+ Provides a full connection string to connect to the local
+ database. This connection string encapsulates all connection
+ options to the server. Incompatible with ,
+ or, .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the local database to be scripted.
+
+ The name of the database to be scripted.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the SQL Server user name to use for connection
+ to the source database.
+
+ The SQL Server user name.
+
+ Specifies the SQL Server User name to use for connection
+ to the source database. Requires .
+ Incompatible with .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password to use for connection
+ to the source database.
+
+ The password.
+
+ Specifies the password to use for connection to the source
+ database. Requires .
+ Incompatible with .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name or IP address for the local database connection.
+
+ The name or IP address of server.
+
+ Specifies the name or IP address for the local database connection.
+ The default is localhost. Incompatible with .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the full file path for the script file generated.
+
+ The full file path.
+
+ Use only with script. Specifies the full file path for the script
+ file generated by the sqlpubwiz.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the schema,
+ but not the data, should be scripted.
+
+
+ true if only the schema should be scripted;
+ otherwise, false.
+
+
+ Specifies that the schema, but not the data, should be
+ scripted. Incompatible with .
+ If neither nor
+ are specified, both the schema and data are scripted.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data but
+ not the schema should be scripted.
+
+
+ true if only the data is scripted;
+ otherwise, false.
+
+
+ Specifies that the data but not the schema should be
+ scripted. Incompatible with
+ or . If neither
+ nor are specified, both the schema
+ and data are scripted.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the target server the script should target.
+
+ The target server the script should target.
+
+ Specifies that the script to be generated should target
+ a SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005 instance.
+ The default is SQL Server 2005.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether objects will
+ not be qualified with a schema.
+
+
+ true if objects will not be schema qualified;
+ otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the produced
+ script should not drop pre-existing objects.
+
+
+ true if pre-existing objects should not be dropped;
+ otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating output message suppression.
+
+ true to suppress messages; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the friendly name of previously
+ configured hosting Web service.
+
+ The name of the hoster.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the configuration of the hosting Web service endpoint.
+
+ The web service address.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the username on the hosting Web service endpoint.
+
+ The service username.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password for the remote Web service endpoint.
+
+ The service password.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the database name to publish to on the remote server.
+
+ The service database server.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote database server name.
+
+ The service database.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the publish operation
+ should not be executed within a single transaction.
+
+ true to not publish in a single transaction; otherwise, false.
+
+ Specifies that the publish operation should not be executed
+ within a single transaction. This reduces logging overhead
+ on the target server, but if the publish is interrupted, the
+ target database may be left in a partially populated state.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task to execute DDL and SQL statements.
+
+ Requires the the SQL Server libraries and dynamically loads the
+ required Microsoft.SqlServer.ConnectionInfo assembly.
+
+
+ Server=localhost;Integrated Security=True
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ The connection string
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the DDL/SQL files.
+
+ The assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Output the return count/values
+
+
+
+
+ Timeout to execute a DDL statement.
+
+ Defaults to 30 seconds. Set to 0 for an infinite timeout period.
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the batch delimter string.
+
+ Default is "GO" for T-SQL.
+
+
+
+ Copy a file or folder in Subversion
+
+
+ This is most useful for automatically tagging your source code during a build.
+ You can create a tag by copying a path from one server location to another.
+
+ Create a tag of the trunk with the current Cruise Control build number:
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ The path of the source file or folder that should be copied
+
+
+
+
+ The path to which the SourcePath should be copied
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies whether to create any missing directories and subdirectories
+ in the specified
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the SVN command.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subversion status command.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of SvnStatus.
+
+
+
+
+ Runs the exectuable file with the specified task parameters.
+
+
+ true if the task runs successfully; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the entries.
+
+
+
+
+ The kind of Subversion node. The names match the text output
+ by "svn info".
+
+
+
+
+ Node is a file
+
+
+
+
+ Node is a directory
+
+
+
+
+ Unknown node type
+
+
+
+
+ The Subversion schedule type.
+
+
+
+
+ Normal schedule
+
+
+
+
+ Unknown schedule.
+
+
+
+
+ Run the "svn info" command and parse the output
+
+
+ This example will determine the Subversion repository root for
+ a working directory and print it out.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+ You can retrieve Subversion information for a or .
+ If you do not provide a value for or , the current directory is assumed.
+
+
+
+ Return the repository root or null if not set by Subversion.
+
+
+
+
+ Return the repository UUID value from Subversion.
+
+
+
+
+ The Subversion node kind.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The author who last changed this node.
+
+
+
+
+ The last changed revision number.
+
+
+
+
+ The date this node was last changed.
+
+
+
+
+ The Subversion schedule type.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Reset all instance variables to their default (unset) state.
+
+
+
+
+ Execute the task.
+
+ true if execution is successful, false if not.
+
+
+
+ Checkout a local working copy of a Subversion repository.
+
+ Checkout a working copy
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Subversion Commit command
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Export a folder from a Subversion repository
+
+ Export from repository
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Subversion client base class
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the command.
+
+ The command.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+ The arguments.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the username.
+
+ The username.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password.
+
+ The password.
+
+
+
+ Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+ The sanitize.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+ The verbose.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the force.
+
+ The force.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the message.
+
+ The message.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the message file.
+
+ The message file.
+
+ Uses the contents of the named file for the specified
+ subcommand, though different subcommands do different
+ things with this content.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+ The repository path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the local path.
+
+ The local path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the target file.
+
+ The target file.
+
+ Tells Subversion to get the list of files that you wish to operate on from
+ the filename that you provide instead of listing all the files on the command line.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the targets.
+
+ The targets.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+ true if non interactive; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+ true if no auth cache; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+ true to trust the server cert; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+ true to output in XML; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the revision.
+
+ The revision.
+
+
+
+ Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the SVN command.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the SVN arguments.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Runs the exectuable file with the specified task parameters.
+
+
+ true if the task runs successfully; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the events from text output.
+
+ The single line.
+ The message importance.
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Finds the tool path.
+
+ Name of the tool.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Summarize the local revision(s) of a working copy.
+
+ The following example gets the revision of the current folder.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ Path to local working copy.
+
+
+
+ Specifies whether to use the last committed revision number as
+ opposed to the last updated revision number.
+
+
+
+ Revision number of the local working repository.
+
+
+ High revision number of the local working repository revision range.
+
+
+ Low revision number of the local working repository revision range.
+
+
+ True if working copy contains modifications.
+
+
+ True if working copy is switched.
+
+
+
+ True if invoked on a directory that is not a working copy,
+ svnversion assumes it is an exported working copy and prints "exported".
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Runs the exectuable file with the specified task parameters.
+
+
+ true if the task runs successfully; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the events from text output.
+
+ The single line.
+ The message importance.
+
+
+
+ Subversion Update command
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Commands for the SymStore tasks.
+
+
+
+
+ Add to the symbol server store.
+
+
+
+
+ Query the symbol server store.
+
+
+
+
+ Delete from the symbol serer store.
+
+
+
+
+ Task that wraps the Symbol Server SymStore.exe application.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the command.
+
+ The command.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating SymStore will append new indexing information to an existing index file.
+
+ true if append; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the comment for the transaction.
+
+ The comment for the transaction.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating SymStore will create a compressed version of each file copied to the symbol store instead of using an uncompressed copy of the file.
+
+ true if compress; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a log file to be used for command output. If this is not included, transaction information and other output is sent to stdout.
+
+ The log file to be used for command output.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the network path of files or directories to add.
+
+ The network path of files or directories to add.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server and share where the symbol files were originally stored.
+
+ The server and share where the symbol files were originally stored.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the transaction ID string.
+
+ The transaction ID string.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the file will be in a local directory rather than a network path.
+
+ true if local; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether SymStore will display verbose output.
+
+ true if verbose; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether SymStore will store a pointer to the file, rather than the file itself.
+
+ true if pointer; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether SymStore will add files or directories recursively.
+
+ true if recursive; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the root directory for the symbol store.
+
+ The root directory for the symbol store.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the product.
+
+ The name of the product.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the version of the product.
+
+ The version of the product.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the message to be added to each file.
+
+ The message to be added to each file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the paths in the file pointers will be relative.
+
+ true if relative; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to omit the creation of reference pointer files for the files and pointers being stored.
+
+ true to omit the creation of reference pointer; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the index file. Causes SymStore not to store the actual symbol files. Instead, SymStore records information in the IndexFile that will enable SymStore to access the symbol files at a later time.
+
+ The write index file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the index file. Causes SymStore to read the data from a file created with WriteIndexFile.
+
+ The read index file.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Represents the response from a tf.exe info command
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of
+
+ The raw output from tf.exe info [itemspces]
+
+
+
+ Parses the response from a 'tf.exe info' command
+
+
+ Local information:
+ Local path : c:\dev\file.cs
+ Server path: $/Main/file.cs
+ Changeset : 5
+ Change : none
+ Type : file
+ Server information:
+ Server path : $/Main/file.cs
+ Changeset : 5
+ Deletion ID : 0
+ Lock : none
+ Lock owner :
+ Last modified: 20 January 2014 11:22:27
+ Type : file
+ File type : utf-8
+ Size : 578
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the local information.
+
+
+ The local information.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server information.
+
+
+ The server information.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the response, the raw output of the tf.exe info command.
+
+
+ The response.
+
+
+
+
+ Represents the server information section created by a tf.exe info command
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server path.
+
+
+ The server path.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the changeset.
+
+
+ The changeset.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the deletion identifier.
+
+
+ The deletion identifier.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the lock.
+
+
+ The lock.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the lock owner.
+
+
+ The lock owner.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the last modified.
+
+
+ The last modified.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type.
+
+
+ The type.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type of the file.
+
+
+ The type of the file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the size.
+
+
+ The size.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server path.
+
+
+ The server path.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the changeset.
+
+
+ The changeset.
+
+
+
+
+ Represents the local information section from a tf.exe info command
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+ The local path.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server path.
+
+
+ The server path.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the changeset.
+
+
+ The changeset.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the change.
+
+
+ The change.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type.
+
+
+ The type.
+
+
+
+
+ A task for Team Foundation Server version control.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Team Foundation Server command.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is recursive.
+
+
+ true if recursive; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is all.
+
+
+ true if all; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is overwrite.
+
+
+ true if overwrite; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is force.
+
+
+ true if force; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is preview.
+
+
+ true if preview; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is remap.
+
+
+ true if remap; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is silent.
+
+
+ true if silent; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is saved.
+
+
+ true if saved; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is validate.
+
+
+ true if validate; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is bypass.
+
+
+ true if bypass; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the comment.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the version.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the lock.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the author.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the notes.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the format.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the collection.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a the override reason.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the user.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the workspace.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the workspace owner.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the shelve set.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the shelve set owner.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the output resulting from executing this command.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the working directory used when executing this tool.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the changeset.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the changeset version passed in the version spec parameter
+
+
+ The changeset version.
+
+
+ /v:C{ChangesetVersion}
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server path.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the command.
+
+ The .
+
+
+
+ Generates the arguments.
+
+ The .
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Parses a single line of text to identify any errors or warnings in canonical format.
+
+ A single line of text for the method to parse.
+ A value of that indicates the importance level with which to log the message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value determining if this command must be processed in batch mode, due
+ to the length of the commandline arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Provides information about the build user.
+
+ Get build user information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ The following output parameters are set only if information about the build user can be retrieved
+ from the Active Directory if one exists:
+
+ - FirstName
+ - LastName
+ - MiddleInitial
+ - FullName
+ - Email
+ - Phone
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the user name of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the domain name of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the first name of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the last name of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the middle initial of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the email address of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the phone number of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the username and domain name of the build user in "[Domain name]\[User name]" format.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the full name of the build user in "[First name] [Middle initial]. [Last name]" format .
+
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+
+ if the task ran successfully; otherwise .
+
+
+
+
+ Upload a local file to a remote URI.
+
+ Upload the xml file.
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Upload the xml file to a protected by Windows Authentication
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Upload the xml file to a password protected website
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the local file to upload to the specified URI.
+
+ The name of the file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the URI to which to upload data to.
+
+ The remote URI.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the HTTP method to use when uploading data to the speficied URI.
+
+ The HTTP method to use. If not specified, it defaults to POST.
+
+
+
+ When true, the current user's credentials are used to authenticate against the remote web server
+
+
+ This value is ignored if the property is set to a non-empty value.
+
+
+
+
+ The username used to authenticate against the remote web server
+
+
+
+
+ The password used to authenticate against the remote web server. A value for must also be provided.
+
+
+
+
+ The domain of the user being used to authenticate against the remote web server. A value for must also be provided.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines which credentials to pass with the web request
+
+
+
+
+
+ Performs multiple updates on an XML file
+
+
+ XmlMassUpdate allows to to specify multiple changes to make to an XML file (the . By default, the changes are applied to the , but you can create a new file by providing the attribute. The change instructions are specified using XML in the . If the does not mirror the structure of the exactly, you can specify the and XPath expressions which determine how the files should be mapped to each other.
+
+ Any element within the will find the corresponding element in the . If it does not exist, it will be created with all of its attributes. If it does exist, the attributes will be added or updated as specified.
+
+
+ Any attribute declared within the will not be copied to the modified file. Valid attributes are key and action. The key attribute allows you to define an attribute to use as the identifying attribute when you only want to update a single element, and multiple elements with the same name exist. You can also use the action="remove" attribute to specify that an element should be deleted instead of updated.
+
+
+
+ These examples will demonstrate how to make multiple updates to a XML file named web.config. It looks like:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+ You can update the file using instructions from an external file (specified as the ):
+
+ ]]>
+
+ The is named changes.xml and contains:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ You can also provide the update instructions within the MSBuild project file itself. It takes advantage of the MSBuild ProjectExtensions element which allows you to add XML to a project file that will be ignored by the MSBuild engine. This example also demonstrates how to use :
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ The following example demonstrates how to deal with "keyed" elements. When you need to update an element, and multiple elements exist with the same name, it must be be differentied by one of its attributes. You designate the differentiating attribute using the "key" attribute declared in the .
+ If an element matching the keyed attribute is not found, a new element will be created (DefaultSort in the example). This example also demonstrates creating a new file with the merged changes instead of modifying the original file.
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Using a changes.xml file with the following contents:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ Use a changes.xml file with the following contents to demonstrate how to remove an element from the updated file:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ You can also specify the changes to apply from within the target document. By making use of the property, you can store multiple sets of changes to apply based on runtime conditions.
+ Consider the following source web.config file:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+ You could use the following task definition, which relies on a property "TargetEnvironment" to determine which set of changes to apply:
+
+ ]]>
+
+ You will need to provide a value of "test" or "prod" to the TargetEnvironment property. The property can be defined in a PropertyGroup section of the MSBuild file, or passed as a command-line parameter.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The original file whose content is to be updated
+
+ This task is currently under construction and not necessarily feature complete.
+
+
+
+ The file containing the list of updates to perform
+
+
+
+
+ The file created after performing the updates
+
+
+
+
+ The XPath expression used to locate the list of substitutions to perform
+
+ When not specified, the default is the document root: /
+ When there is a set of elements with the same name, and you want to update
+ a single element which can be identified by one of its attributes, you need to include an attribute
+ named 'key' in the namespace urn:msbuildcommunitytasks-xmlmassupdate. The value of the
+ attribute is the name of the attribute that should be used as the unique identifier.
+
+
+
+ The XPath expression identifying root node that substitions are relative to
+
+ When not specified, the default is the document root: /
+
+
+
+ A collection of prefix=namespace definitions used to query the XML documents
+
+
+ Defining multiple namespaces:
+
+
+/>]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ If set to true, the task won't fail if the substitution root is missing
+
+
+
+
+ The full path of the file containing content updated by the task
+
+
+
+
+ The full path of the file containing substitutions used by the task
+
+
+
+
+ The full path of the file containing the results of the task
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns as an .
+
+ This method is not intended for use by consumers. It is exposed for testing purposes.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns as an .
+
+ This method is not intended for use by consumers. It is exposed for testing purposes.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates from the specified
+
+ The XML to save to a file
+ This method is not intended for use by consumers. It is exposed for testing purposes.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The namespace used for XmlMassUpdate pre-defined attributes
+
+ Evaluates to: urn:msbuildcommunitytasks-xmlmassupdate
+ Attributes decorated with this namespace are used to control how a substitutions element
+ or attribute is handled during the update. For example, the key attribute is used to identify the
+ attribute on an element that uniquely identifies the element in a set.
+
+
+
+ Represents a single XmlNode selected using an XML task.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of an XmlNodeTaskItem
+
+ The selected XmlNode
+ The prefix to attach to the reserved metadata properties.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string representation of the XmlNodeTaskItem.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the ItemSpec when the XmlNodeTaskItem is explicitly cast as a
+
+ The XmlNodeTaskItem
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a value or values from lines of XML
+
+
+ Use the Lines property (possibly populated from the the ReadLinesFromFile task) if you want to perform multiple
+ queries against some XML in memory. Use the XmlFileName property to query a large XML file.
+
+ An XPath expression can return multiple nodes in the collection.
+ The number of nodes returned is availabe in the output TaskParameter.
+
+
+ When the XPath expression resolves to an element node, all of the
+ attributes of the element are added as metadata to the returned .
+ In addition, some reserved metadata properties are available on all element nodes.
+ They are all prefixed with the ,
+ which is a single underscore (_) by default.
+
+
+ Reserved Property
+
+ -
+ _value
+ The value of the node (non-xml text between the opening and closing tags).
+
+ -
+ _innerXml
+ The markup representing the children of this node.
+
+ -
+ _outerXml
+ The markup representing this node and all its child nodes.
+
+
+
+
+ Read an attribute value by selecting it with an XPath expression:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+ Read attribute values (from an XML file) using item metadata on a selected element node:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+ Read an element value (requires use of the reserved metadata property "_value"):
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ The lines of a valid XML document
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of an XML file to query
+
+ The full path of the XML file.
+
+
+
+ A collection of prefix=namespace definitions used to query the XML document
+
+
+ Defining multiple namespaces:
+
+
+/>]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ The query used to identify the values in the XML document
+
+
+
+
+ The values selected by
+
+
+
+
+ The number of values returned in
+
+
+
+
+ The string that is prepended to all reserved metadata properties.
+
+ The default value is a single underscore: '_'
+ All attributes of an element node are added as metadata to the returned ITaskItem,
+ so this property can be used to avoid clashes with the reserved properties.
+ For example, if you selected the following node:
+ ]]>
+ the _value attribute would clash with the value reserved property, when using
+ the default prefix. If you set the ReservedMetaDataPrefix to another value (two underscores '__')
+ there would be no clash. You would be able to select the attribute using %(item._value)
+ and the value of the node using %(item.__value).
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Provides methods used by all of the XML tasks
+
+
+
+
+
+ Concatenates the string value of a list of ITaskItems into a single string
+
+ The items to concatenate
+ A single string containing the values from all of the items
+
+
+
+ Uses the prefix=namespace definitions in to populate
+
+ The to populate.
+ The prefix=namespace definitions.
+
+
+
+ Sets an application mapping for a filename extension on an existing web directory.
+
+ Map the .axd extension to the lastest version of ASP.NET:
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Map GET requests to the .rss extension to a specific executable:
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the virtual directory.
+
+ The name of the virtual directory.
+
+
+
+ The filename extension that will be mapped to an executable.
+
+
+
+
+ The full path to the executable used to respond to requests for a Uri ending with
+
+ This property is required when is false (the default).
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether should be mapped to the ASP.NET runtime.
+
+ When true, is set to aspnet_isapi.dll
+ in the installation folder of the latest version of the .NET Framework.
+
+
+
+ A comma-separated list of the HTTP verbs to include in the application mapping.
+
+ The default behavior (when this property is empty or unspecified) is to map all verbs.
+ A semi-colon-separated list will also be recognized, allowing you to use an MSBuild Item.
+
+
+
+ Set to true when you want the application to run in a directory without Execute permissions.
+
+
+
+
+ Set to true to instruct the Web server to verify the existence of the requested script file and to ensure that the requesting user has access permission for that script file.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Reads and modifies a web directory configuration setting.
+
+ Display the file system path of the MyWeb web directory:
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Set the default document for the MyWeb directory to Default.aspx:
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the virtual directory.
+
+ The name of the virtual directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the configuration setting to read or modify.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of on the web directory
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Base task for any IIS-related task.
+
+ Stores the base logic for gathering the IIS version and server and port checking. This
+ base task also stores common properties for other related tasks.
+
+
+
+ Defines the possible IIS versions supported by the task.
+
+
+
+
+ IIS version 4.x
+
+
+
+
+ IIS version 5.x
+
+
+
+
+ IIS version 6.x
+
+
+
+
+ IIS version 7.0
+
+
+
+
+ IIS version 7.5
+
+
+
+
+ IIS version 8.0
+
+
+
+
+ IIS version 8.5
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the possible application pool actions to be performed.
+
+
+
+
+ Recycles an application pool.
+
+
+
+
+ Stops and restarts the application pool.
+
+
+
+
+ Starts the application pool.
+
+
+
+
+ Stops the application pool.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the current application pool state.
+
+
+
+
+ The application pool is starting.
+
+
+
+
+ The application pool has started.
+
+
+
+
+ The application pool is stopping.
+
+
+
+
+ The application pool has stopped.
+
+
+
+
+ The application pool is in unknown state.
+
+
+
+
+ IIS version.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the server. The default value is 'localhost'.
+
+ The name of the server.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets host header. Used when you have more than one website in IIS that have the same port but different host headers.
+
+ The name of the host header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server port.
+
+ The server port.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the IIS server path.
+
+ Is in the form 'IIS://localhost/W3SVC/1/Root'.
+ The IIS server path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the application path.
+
+ Is in the form '/LM/W3SVC/1/Root'.
+ The application path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the IIS application pool path.
+
+ Is in the form 'IIS://localhost/W3SVC/AppPools'.
+ The IIS application pool path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the username for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+ The username of the account.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+ The password of the account.
+
+
+
+ Gets the IIS version.
+
+ The for IIS.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the remote machine OS version.
+
+ Returns a of the operating system.
+
+
+
+
+ Verifies that the IIS root exists based on the and .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Verify that the IIS Website exists if it has been specified.
+
+ DirectoryEntry that meets the IISWebServer schema
+ True if a site is found when specified. True if no site has been specified.
+
+
+
+ Helper method for that verifies the server port exists.
+
+ The site to verify the port.
+ Boolean value indicating the status of the port check.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets some of the protected properties for the Virtual Directory Creation Wizard.
+
+ DirectoryEntry.Name where the Entry is an IISWebServer schema
+
+
+
+ Creates a new application pool on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to create the new application pool on the local machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you can
+ specify the and for the task
+ to run under.
+
+ Create a new application pool on the local machine.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the application pool.
+
+ The name of the application pool.
+
+
+
+ The AppPoolAutoStart property indicates to the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service)
+ to automatically start an application pool when the application pool is created or when IIS
+ is started, if the value of this property is set to true.
+
+ Value indicating if AppPoolAutoStart is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AppPoolIdentityType property allows application pools to run as a specific user account:
+
+ 0 - The application pool runs as NT AUTHORITY\SYSTEM.
+ 1 - The application pool runs as NT AUTHORITY\LOCAL SERVICE.
+ 2 - The application pool runs as NT AUTHORITY\NETWORK SERVICE.
+ 3 - The application pool runs as a specific user account, defined by the property.
+
+ Value indicating the application pool identity type.
+
+
+
+ The AppPoolQueueLength property indicates to the Universal Listener how many requests
+ to queue up for an application pool before rejecting future requests. When the limit
+ for this property is exceeded, IIS rejects the additional requests with a 503 error.
+
+ Value indicating the application pool queue length.
+
+
+
+ The AutoShutdownAppPoolExe property specifies an executable to run when the World Wide Web
+ Publishing Service (WWW service) shuts down an application pool for rapid fail protection. You
+ can use the property to send parameters to the executable.
+
+ Value indicating the application pool auto shutdown executable.
+
+
+
+ The AutoShutdownAppPoolParams property specifies any command-line parameters for the executable that
+ is specified in the AutoShutdownAppPoolExe property. You can use these two properties in the following
+ way to send e-mail, for example, when the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service) shuts down
+ an application pool for rapid fail protection:
+
+ AutoShutdownAppPoolExe = "C:\LogAndSendMail.bat"
+ AutoShutdownAppPoolParams = "-AppPoolName %1%"
+
+ where %1% represents the application pool name.
+
+ Value indicating the parameters for the application pool auto shutdown executable.
+
+
+
+ The CPUAction property configures the action(s) that IIS takes when Microsoft Windows NT ® job objects
+ run. Only one Windows NT job object exists per application pool, therefore the CPUAction property
+ is configured on a per application pool basis.
+
+ Possible values:
+ 0 - No action is taken except that a warning is written to the event log when the CPU limit is exceeded.
+ 1 - Application pool worker processes that exceed their CPU limit will be forced to shut down.
+
+ Value indicating the CPU action.
+
+
+
+ The CPULimit property configures the maximum percentage of CPU resources that worker processes
+ in an application pool are allowed to consume over a period of time, as indicated by the
+ property. Set this property by specifying a percentage of CPU
+ usage, multiplied by 1000. For example, if you want the CPU usage limit to be 50%, set CPULimit to 50,000.
+
+ Value indicating the CPU limit.
+
+
+
+ The CPUResetInterval property specifies the reset period (in minutes) for CPU monitoring and
+ throttling limits on the application pool. When the number of minutes elapsed since the last
+ process accounting reset equals the number specified by this property, IIS will reset the CPU
+ timers for both the logging and limit intervals. Setting the value of this property to 0
+ disables CPU monitoring.
+
+ Value indicating the CPU reset interval.
+
+
+
+ The DisallowOverlappingRotation property specifies whether or not the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW Service) should start up another worker process to replace the existing worker
+ process while it is shutting down.
+
+ Value indicating the DisallowOverlappingRotation.
+
+
+
+ The DisallowRotationOnConfigChange property specifies whether or not the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW Service) should rotate worker processes in an application pool when the configuration
+ has changed. This means that the worker processes will not pick up application pool changes to
+ values passed to the worker process, such as and .
+
+ Value indicating the DisallowRotationOnConfigChange.
+
+
+
+ The IdleTimeout property specifies how long (in minutes) a worker process should run idle if no new
+ requests are received and the worker process is not processing requests. After the allotted time
+ passes, the worker process should request to be shut down by the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW Service).
+
+ Value indicating the idle timeout.
+
+
+
+ The LoadBalancerCapabilities property specifies behavior when a service is unavailable. A setting of 1
+ terminates the connection. A setting of 2 sends error code 503.
+
+ Value indicating the load balancer capabilities.
+
+
+
+ The LogEventOnRecycle property specifies that IIS should log an event when an application pool is
+ recycled. Application pools recycle for a variety of reasons. In order for IIS to log the event, the
+ LogEventOnRecycle property must have a bit set corresponding to the reason for the recycle.
+
+ Value indicating which recycle events to log.
+
+
+
+ The LogonMethod property contains an integer that specifies the logon method for cleartext
+ logons. Valid settings are:
+
+ 0 for interactive logon.
+ 1 for batch logon.
+ 2 for network logon.
+ 3 for cleartext logon.
+
+ Value indicating the logon method.
+
+
+
+ The MaxProcesses property determines the maximum number of worker processes an application pool
+ allows to service requests for an application pool. This property cannot be set to 0 because there
+ are no unmanaged pools.
+
+ Value indicating the maximum number of worker processes allowed by the application pool.
+
+
+
+ The OrphanActionExe property specifies an executable to run when the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW service) orphans a worker process. You can use the property
+ to send parameters to the executable.
+
+ The value for the orphan action executable.
+
+
+
+ The OrphanActionParams property specifies command-line parameters for the executable
+ specified by the property.
+
+ Value indicating the orphan action parameters.
+
+
+
+ The OrphanWorkerProcess property, when set to true, notifies the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW Service) not to terminate a worker process that fails to respond to pings, but
+ to instead orphan the worker process in the application pool if the worker process suffers
+ fatal errors.
+
+ Value indicating the orphan worker process.
+
+
+
+ The PeriodicRestartMemory property specifies the amount of virtual memory (in KB) that a
+ worker process can use before the worker process recycles. The maximum value supported
+ for this property is 4,294,967 KB.
+
+ Value indicating the amount of memory.
+
+
+
+ The PeriodicRestartPrivateMemory property specifies the amount of private memory (in KB) that a
+ worker process can use before the worker process recycles. The maximum value supported
+ for this property is 4,294,967 KB.
+
+ Value indicating the amount of memory.
+
+
+
+ The PeriodicRestartRequests property indicates the number of requests the OOP application
+ should process, after which it is recycled.
+
+ Value indicating the number of requests.
+
+
+
+ The PeriodicRestartSchedule property specifies the time (in 24 hour format) that the application
+ will be rotated. Each time is in local time and is specified in the following format:
+
+ PeriodicRestartSchedule="hh:mm,hh:mm,hh:mm"
+
+ Value indicating the restart schedule.
+
+
+
+ The PeriodicRestartTime property specifies the period of time, in minutes, after which IIS
+ rotates an isolated OOP application. Setting the value of this property to 0 disables the
+ property. The maximum supported value for this property is 71,582.
+
+ Value indicating the restart time period.
+
+
+
+ The PingingEnabled property specifies whether the World Wide Web Publishing Service
+ (WWW Service) should periodically monitor the health of a worker process. Setting the
+ value of this property to true indicates to the WWW service to monitor the worker
+ processes to ensure that the they are running and healthy.
+
+ Value indicating if pinging is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The PingInterval property specifies the period of time (in seconds) between health-monitoring
+ pings that the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW Service) sends to a worker process.
+
+ Value indicating the ping interval.
+
+
+
+ The PingResponseTime property specifies the amount of time (in seconds) that a worker process
+ is given to respond to a health monitoring ping. After the time limit is exceeded, the World
+ Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW Service) terminates the worker process.
+
+ Value indicating the ping response time.
+
+
+
+ Setting the RapidFailProtection property to true instructs the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW service) to put all applications in an application pool out of service if the
+ number of worker process crashes has reached the maximum specified by the
+ property, within the number of minutes specified
+ by the property.
+
+ Value indicating if rapid fail protection is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The RapidFailProtectionInterval property specifies the number of minutes before the failure
+ count for a process is reset. See .
+
+ Value indicating the rapid fail protection interval.
+
+
+
+ The RapidFailProtectionMaxCrashes property specifies the maximum number of failures
+ allowed within the number of minutes specified by the
+ property. See .
+
+ Value indicating the maximum number of crashes.
+
+
+
+ The ShutdownTimeLimit property specifies the amount of time (in seconds) after a recycle
+ threshold has been reached that IIS waits for all old requests to finish running in a worker
+ process before terminating the worker process.
+
+ Value indicating the shutdown time limit.
+
+
+
+ Setting the SMPAffinitized property to true indicates that a particular worker process
+ assigned to an application pool should be assigned to a given CPU. This property is used
+ in conjunction with the property to configure a
+ particular processor a worker process will be assigned to.
+
+ Value indicating if SMPAffinitized is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The SMPProcessorAffinityMask property configures the hexadecimal processor mask. The hexadecimal
+ processor mask indicates to which CPU the worker processes in an application pool should be
+ bound. Before this property takes affect, the property must be set
+ to true for the application pool. These properties cannot be set through IIS Manager.
+
+ Do not set this property to zero. Doing so causes no SMP affinity to be configured, creating an
+ error condition. The default DWORD value is 4294967295 (or -1), which is represented in hexadecimal
+ as 0xFFFFFFFF. A value of 0xFFFFFFFF in SMPProcessorAffinityMask indicates that all processors are enabled.
+
+ Value indicating the SMP processor affinity bit mask.
+
+
+
+ The value of the StartupTimeLimit property specifies the amount of time (in seconds) that the World Wide
+ Web Publishing Service (WWW Service) should wait for a worker process to finish starting up and
+ reporting to the WWW Service.
+
+ Value indicating the startup time limit.
+
+
+
+ The WAMUserName property specifies the account user name that IIS uses by default as the COM+
+ application identity for newly created IIS out-of-process applications. The values of this
+ property and its companion property, , are set when IIS is installed, and
+ match the user name and password values in the Microsoft Windows user account, which is established
+ at the same time. Changing the value of this property is not recommended. If you do, change
+ it to a valid Windows user account, and change WAMUserPass to the corresponding password
+ for the new account.
+
+ Important:
+ Changes to WAMUserName and WAMUserPass may disrupt the operation of existing IIS out-of-process
+ applications. You can synchronize application identities using Component Services to edit the
+ user name and password values, found on the Identity tab of the property sheet for each package.
+
+ In-process applications are not affected by these property values.
+
+ Value indicating the username.
+
+
+
+ The WAMUserPass property specifies the password for the account that IIS uses by default as the COM+
+ application identity for newly created IIS out-of-process applications. The values of this property
+ and its companion property, , are set when IIS is installed, and match the
+ password and user name values in the Microsoft Windows user account (IWAM_ MachineName, where MachineName
+ is the name of the machine on which IIS is installed) established at the same time.
+
+ Important:
+ Changing the value of this property is not recommended. If you do, you must change the Windows account
+ password to the identical value. You must also synchronize existing IIS out-of-process application
+ identities, using Component Services to edit the user name and password values, which are found on the
+ Identity tab of the property sheet for each package.
+
+ In-process applications are not affected by these property values.
+
+ Value indicating the password.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new web directory on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to create the new web directory on the local machine. The physical path is required to already exist
+ on the target machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you can specify the
+ and for the task to run under.
+
+ Create a new web directory on the local machine.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the virtual directory.
+
+ The name of the virtual directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the virtual directory physical path. The physical directory must
+ exist before this task executes.
+
+ The virtual directory physical path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates if the file
+ or the contents of the folder may be executed, regardless of file type.
+
+ A value indicating if AccessExecute is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that remote requests to execute applications
+ are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed
+ if the AccessExecute property is set to true. You cannot set
+ AccessNoRemoteExecute to false to enable remote requests, and set
+ to false to disable local requests.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessNoRemoteExecute is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that remote requests to view files are denied; only
+ requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the
+ property is set to true. You cannot set to false to enable
+ remote requests, and set to false to disable local requests.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessNoRemoteRead is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that remote requests to view dynamic content are denied; only
+ requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the property
+ is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteScript to false to enable remote requests,
+ and set to false to disable local requests.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessNoRemoteScript is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that remote requests to create or change files are denied; only
+ requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the property
+ is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteWrite to false to enable remote requests,
+ and set to false to disable local requests.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessNoRemoteWrite is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that the file or the contents of the folder may be read
+ through Microsoft Internet Explorer.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessRead is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that users are allowed to access source code if either
+ Read or Write permissions are set. Source code includes scripts in Microsoft ® Active
+ Server Pages (ASP) applications.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessSource is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that the file or the contents of the folder may be executed
+ if they are script files or static content. A value of false only allows static files,
+ such as HTML files, to be served.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessScript is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that file access requires SSL file permission processing, with
+ or without a client certificate.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessSsl is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that file access requires SSL file permission processing
+ with a minimum key size of 128 bits, with or without a client certificate.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessSsl128 is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that SSL file permission processing maps a client certificate
+ to a Microsoft Windows ® operating system user-account. The property
+ must also be set to true for the mapping to occur.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessSslMapCert is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that SSL file access processing requests a certificate from
+ the client. A value of false indicates that access continues if the client does not have
+ a certificate. Some versions of Internet Explorer will close the connection if the server
+ requests a certificate and a certificate is not available (even if
+ is also set to true).
+
+ Value indicating if AccessSslNegotiateCert is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that SSL file access processing requests a certificate from the
+ client. If the client provides no certificate, the connection is closed.
+ must also be set to true when using AccessSSLRequireCert.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessSslRequireCert is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ A value of true indicates that users are allowed to upload files and their associated
+ properties to the enabled directory on your server or to change content in a Write-enabled
+ file. Write can be implemented only with a browser that supports the PUT feature of
+ the HTTP 1.1 protocol standard.
+
+ Value indicating if AccessWrite is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AnonymousPasswordSync property indicates whether IIS should handle the user password
+ for anonymous users attempting to access resources.
+
+ Value indicating if AnonymousPasswordSync is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AppAllowClientDebug property specifies whether ASP client-side debugging
+ is enabled. This property is independent of , which
+ applies to server-side debugging.
+
+ Value indicating if AppAllowClientDebug is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AppAllowDebugging property specifies whether ASP debugging is enabled on
+ the server. This property is independent of the property,
+ which applies to client-side debugging.
+
+ Value indicating if AppAllowDebugging is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspAllowSessionState property enables session state persistence for the ASP application.
+
+ Value indicating if the AspAllowSessionState is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspBufferingOn property specifies whether output from an ASP application will be buffered.
+
+ Value indicating if the AspBufferingOn is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspEnableApplicationRestart determines whether an ASP application can be
+ automatically restarted. When changes are made to Global.asa or metabase properties
+ that affect an application, the application will not restart unless the
+ AspEnableApplicationRestart property is set to true.
+
+ Value indicating if AspEnableApplicationRestart is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspEnableAspHtmlFallback property controls the behavior of ASP when a
+ new request is to be rejected due to a full request queue.
+
+ Value indicating if AspEnableAspHtmlFallback is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspEnableChunkedEncoding property specifies whether HTTP 1.1 chunked
+ transfer encoding is enabled for the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service).
+
+ Value indicating if AspEnableChunkedEncoding is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspErrorsToNTLog property specifies which ASP errors are written to the
+ Windows event log. ASP errors are written to the client browser and to the IIS
+ log files by default.
+
+ Value indicating if AspErrorsToNTLog is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspEnableParentPaths property specifies whether an ASP page allows paths
+ relative to the current directory (using the ..\ notation) or above the current directory.
+
+ Value indicating if AspEnableParentPaths is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspEnableTypelibCache property specifies whether type libraries are cached
+ on the server. The World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service) setting for
+ this property is applicable to all in-process and pooled out-of-process application
+ nodes, at all levels. Metabase settings at the Web server level or lower are ignored
+ for in-process and pooled out-of-process applications. However, settings at the Web
+ server level or lower are used if that node is an isolated out-of-process application.
+
+ Value indicating if AspEnableTypelibCache is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspExceptionCatchEnable property specifies whether ASP pages trap exceptions
+ thrown by components.
+
+ Value indicating if AspExceptionCatchEnable is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspLogErrorRequests property controls whether the Web server writes ASP errors
+ to the application section of the Windows event log. ASP errors are written to the
+ client browser and to the IIS log files by default.
+
+ Value indicating if AspLogErrorRequests is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspScriptErrorSentToBrowser property specifies whether the Web server writes
+ debugging specifics (file name, error, line number, description) to the client
+ browser, in addition to logging them to the Windows Event Log. The
+ property provides the error message to be sent if this property is set to false.
+
+ Value indicating if AspScriptErrorSentToBrowser is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspTrackThreadingModel property specifies whether IIS checks the threading model
+ of any components (COM objects) that your application creates. The preferred setting
+ of this metabase property is false.
+
+ Value indicating if AspTrackThreadingModel is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ Specifies Anonymous authentication as one of the possible Windows authentication
+ schemes returned to clients as being available.
+
+ Value indicating if AuthAnonymous is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ Specifies Basic authentication as one of the possible Windows authentication
+ schemes returned to clients as being available.
+
+ Value indicating if AuthBasic is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ Specifies Integrated Windows authentication (also known as Challenge/Response or
+ NTLM authentication) as one of the possible Windows authentication schemes
+ returned to clients as being available.
+
+ Value indicating if AuthNtlm is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ Setting this flag to true specifies that authentication persists only for a single
+ request on a connection. IIS resets the authentication at the end of each request, and
+ forces re-authentication on the next request of the session.
+
+ Value indicating if AuthPersistSingleRequest is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ Setting this flag to true specifies authentication will persist only across single
+ requests on a connection if the connection is by proxy. IIS will reset the authentication
+ at the end of the request if the current authenticated request is by proxy and it is
+ not the special case where IIS is running MSPROXY.
+
+ Value indicating if AuthPersistSingleRequestIfProxy is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ Setting this flag to true specifies that authentication is valid for a single request if
+ by proxy. IIS will reset the authentication at the end of the request and force
+ re-authentication on the next request if the current authenticated request is by
+ proxy of any type.
+
+ Value indicating if AuthPersistSingleRequestAlwaysIfProxy is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The CacheControlNoCache property specifies the HTTP 1.1 directive to prevent caching of content.
+
+ Value indicating if CacheControlNoCache is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The CacheISAPI property indicates whether ISAPI extensions are cached in memory after first use.
+
+ Value indicating if CacheIsapi is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The ContentIndexed property specifies whether the installed content indexer should
+ index content under this directory tree.
+
+ Value indicating if ContentIndexed is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ This property specifies whether process accounting and throttling should be performed
+ for ISAPI extensions and ASP applications. To perform process accounting on CGI
+ applications, use the property .
+
+ Value indicating if CpuAppEnabled is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ This property indicates whether IIS should perform process accounting for CGI
+ applications. To effectively throttle CGI applications, use the CgiTimeout
+ property. To use process accounting for ISAPI and ASP applications, use .
+
+ Value indicating if CpuCgiEnabled is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The CreateCGIWithNewConsole property indicates whether a CGI application runs in its own console.
+
+ Value indicating if CreateCgiWithNewConsole is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The CreateProcessAsUser property specifies whether a CGI process is created in the system context or in the context of the requesting user.
+
+ Value indicating if CreateProcessAsUser is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ When set to true, date information is displayed when browsing directories.
+
+ Value indicating if DirBrowseShowDate is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ When set to true, file name extensions are displayed when browsing directories.
+
+ Value indicating if DirBrowseShowExtension is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ When set to true, date information is displayed in extended format when displaying directories.
+
+ Value indicating if DirBrowseShowLongDate is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ When set to true, file size information is displayed when browsing directories.
+
+ Value indicating if DirBrowseShowSize is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ When set to true, file time information is displayed when displaying directories.
+
+ Value indicating if DirBrowseShowTime is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The DontLog property specifies whether client requests are written to the IIS log files.
+
+ Value indicating if DontLog is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ When set to true, the default document (specified by the property) for
+ a directory is loaded when the directory is browsed.
+
+ Value indicating if EnableDefaultDoc is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ When set to true, directory browsing is enabled.
+
+ Value indicating if EnableDirBrowsing is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The EnableDocFooter property enables or disables custom footers specified by
+ the DefaultDocFooter property.
+
+ Value indicating if EnableDocFooter is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The EnableReverseDns property enables or disables reverse Domain Name Server (DNS) lookups
+ for the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service). Reverse lookups involve looking
+ up the domain name when the IP address is known. Reverse DNS lookups can use significant
+ resources and time.
+
+ Value indicating if EnableReverseDns is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The SSIExecDisable property specifies whether server-side include (SSI) #exec directives
+ are disabled under this path.
+
+ Value indicating if SsiExecDisable is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The UNCAuthenticationPassthrough property enables user authentication passthrough
+ for Universal Naming Convention (UNC) virtual root access (for authentication schemes
+ that support delegation).
+
+ Value indicating if UncAuthenticationPassthrough is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The AspScriptErrorMessage property specifies the error message to send to the browser
+ if specific debugging errors are not sent to the client (if
+ is set to false).
+
+ Value indicating if AspScriptErrorMessage is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+
+ The DefaultDoc contains one or more file names of default documents that will be returned
+ to the client if no file name is included in the client's request. The default document
+ will be returned if the flag of the DirBrowseFlags property
+ is set to true for the directory. This property can contain a list of default document
+ file names separated by a comma and a space, for example Default.htm, Default.asp.
+
+ Listing of the default documents for the web application.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Deletes an existing application pool on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to delete an existing application pool on the local machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you can
+ specify the and for the task
+ to run under.
+
+ Delete an existing application pool on the local machine.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the application pool.
+
+ The name of the application pool.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Deletes a web directory on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to delete the web directory on the local machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you
+ can specify the and for the
+ task to run under.
+
+ Deletes a web directory on the local machine.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the virtual directory.
+
+ The name of the virtual directory.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Actions the can do.
+
+
+
+ Start the applicaiton pool
+
+
+ Stop the applicaiton pool
+
+
+ Restart the applicaiton pool
+
+
+ Recycle the applicaiton pool
+
+
+
+ Allows control for an application pool on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to control the application pool on the local machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you can
+ specify the and for the task
+ to run under.
+
+ Restart an application pool on the local machine.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the app pool.
+
+ The name of the app pool.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the application pool action.
+
+ The application pool action.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ A wrapper for the ILMerge tool.
+
+
+
+ The ILMerge tool itself must be installed separately.
+ It is available here.
+
+
+ The command line options "/wildcards" and "/lib" of ILMerge are not supported,
+ because MSBuild is in charge of expanding wildcards for item groups.
+
+
+
+ This example merges two assemblies A.dll and B.dll into one:
+
+ $(testDir)\ilmergetest.dll
+ $(testDir)\keypair.snk
+ $(testDir)\ExcludeTypes.txt
+ $(testDir)\ilmergetest.log
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the names of public types
+ to be renamed when they are duplicates.
+
+
+ Set to an empty item group to allow all public types to be renamed.
+ Don't provide this parameter if no duplicates of public types are allowed.
+ Corresponds to command line option "/allowDup".
+ The default value is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to treat an assembly
+ with a zero PeKind flag
+ (this is the value of the field listed as .corflags in the Manifest)
+ as if it was ILonly.
+
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/zeroPeKind".
+ The default value is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the attribute assembly
+ from whre to get all of the assembly-level attributes
+ such as Culture, Version, etc.
+ It will also be used to get the Win32 Resources from.
+
+
+ This property is mutually exclusive with .
+
+ When not specified, then the Win32 Resources from the primary assembly
+ are copied over into the target assembly.
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/attr".
+ The default value is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ to augment the list of input assemblies
+ to its "transitive closure".
+
+
+
+ An assembly is considered part of the transitive closure if it is referenced,
+ either directly or indirectly,
+ from one of the originally specified input assemblies
+ and it has an external reference to one of the input assemblies,
+ or one of the assemblies that has such a reference.
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/closed".
+ The default value is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ to copy the assembly level attributes
+ of each input assembly over into the target assembly.
+
+
+
+ Any duplicate attribute overwrites a previously copied attribute.
+ The input assemblies are processed in the order they are specified.
+
+ This parameter is mutually exclusive with .
+ Corresponds to command line option "/copyattrs".
+ The default value is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to copy assembly attributes from all merged assemblies
+ into the unified assembly even if duplicate assembly attributes would result.
+
+
+ Applicable only when is true
+ Corresponds to command line option "/allowMultiple".
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ to preserve any .pdb files
+ that are found for the input assemblies
+ into a .pdb file for the target assembly.
+
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/ndebug".
+ The default value is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ the target assembly will be delay signed.
+
+
+ This property can be set only in conjunction with .
+ Corresponds to command line option "/delaysign".
+ The default value is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the file
+ that will be used to identify types
+ that are not to have their visibility modified.
+
+
+
+ If an empty item group is provided,
+ then all types in any assembly other than the primary assembly are made non-public.
+
+ Omit this parameter to prevent ILMerge from modifying the visibility of any types.
+
+ The contents of the file should be one per line.
+ The regular expressions are matched against each type's full name,
+ e.g., System.Collections.IList.
+ If the match fails, it is tried again with the assembly name (surrounded by square brackets)
+ prepended to the type name.
+ Thus, the pattern \[A\].* excludes all types in assembly A from being made non-public.
+ The pattern N.T will match all types named T in the namespace named N
+ no matter what assembly they are defined in.
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/internalize".
+ The default value is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the input assemblies to merge.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether whether types in assemblies other than the primary assembly have their visibility modified.
+
+ true if internalize; otherwise, false.
+
+ This controls whether types in assemblies other than the primary assembly have
+ their visibility modified. When it is true, then all non-exempt types that are visible
+ outside of their assembly have their visibility modified so that they are not visible
+ from outside of the merged assembly. A type is exempt if its full name matches a line
+ from the ExcludeFile (Section 2.9) using the .NET regular expression engine.
+ Corresponds to command line option "/internalize".
+ The default value is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the .snk file
+ to sign the target assembly.
+
+
+ Can be used with .
+ Corresponds to command line option "/keyfile".
+ The default value is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a log file
+ to write log messages to.
+
+
+
+ If an empty item group is provided,
+ then log messages are writte to .
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/log".
+ The default value is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the target assembly.
+
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/out".
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ external assembly references in the manifest
+ of the target assembly will use public keys (false)
+ or public key tokens (true).
+
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/publickeytokens".
+ The default value is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directories to be used to search for input assemblies.
+
+ The search directories.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the .NET framework version for the target assembly.
+
+
+ Valid values are "v1", "v1.1", "v2".
+ Corresponds to the first part of command line option "/targetplatform".
+ The default value is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directory in which mscorlib.dll is to be found.
+
+
+ Can only be used in conjunction with .
+ Corresponds to the second part of command line option "/targetplatform".
+ The default value is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the indicator
+ whether the target assembly is created as a library (Dll),
+ a console application (Exe) or as a Windows application (WinExe).
+
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/target".
+ The default value is the same kind as that of the primary assembly.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the version number of the target assembly.
+
+
+ The parameter should look like 6.2.1.3.
+ Corresponds to command line option "/ver".
+ The default value is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ to merge XML documentation files
+ into one for the target assembly.
+
+
+ Corresponds to command line option "/xmldocs".
+ The default value is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the standard installation path of ILMerge.exe.
+
+
+ If ILMerge is not installed at its standard installation path,
+ provide its location to .
+
+ Returns [ProgramFiles]\Microsoft\ILMerge.exe.
+
+
+
+ Generates a string value containing the command line arguments
+ to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments
+ to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+
+ Installs assemblies.
+
+
+ Uses InstallUtil.exe to execute the
+ Install
+ method of
+ Installer
+ classes contained within specified assemblies.
+
+
+ Install multiple assemblies by specifying the file names:
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+ Install an assembly using the assembly name. Also disable the log file by setting it to a single space:
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+ You can easily chain an install to the result of a build:
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ The assemblies to process, identified by their assembly name.
+
+
+
+
+ The assemblies to process, identified by their filename.
+
+
+
+
+ The file to write installation progress to.
+
+ Set to a single space to disable logging to a file.
+
+ If not specified, the default is to log to [assemblyname].installLog
+
+
+
+
+
+ If an exception occurs at any point during installation, the call
+ stack will be printed to the log.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether assemblies are installed or uninstalled.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments
+ to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass
+ directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+ Uninstalls assemblies.
+
+ Uses InstallUtil.exe to execute the
+ Uninstall
+ method of
+ Installer
+ classes contained within specified assemblies.
+
+ Uninstall multiple assemblies by specifying the file names:
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Unnstall an assembly using the assembly name. Also disable the log file by setting it to a single space:
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether assemblies are installed or uninstalled.
+
+
+
+
+ Performs the modulo operation on numbers.
+
+
+ The modulo operation finds the remainder of the division of one number by another.
+ When the second number (modulus) is a fractional value, the result can be a fractional value.
+
+ Equivalent to the % operator in C# or the Mod operator in Visual Basic.
+
+
+ Numbers evenly divide:
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+ Above example will display:
+ 12 modulo 4 = 0
+
+ Division on the numbers produces a remainder:
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+ Above example will display:
+ 14 modulo 4 = 2
+
+ Modulus is a fractional value:
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+ Above example will display:
+ 12 modulo 3.5 = 1.5
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Add numbers
+
+ Adding numbers:
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Divide numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+ Above example will display:
+ Divide 1/2= 0.5
+
+ Truncate the result to always return an integer:
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+ Above example will display:
+ Divide 7/3= 2
+
+
+
+
+ When , uses integer division to truncate the result. Default is
+
+
+ Any remainder in the result is dropped, and the closest integer to zero is returned.
+
+ Refer to the documentation for the \ Operator
+ for more information about integer division.
+
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Math task base class
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the numbers to work with.
+
+ The numbers.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the result.
+
+ The result.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the numeric format.
+
+ The numeric format.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Strings array to decimal array.
+
+ The numbers.
+
+
+
+
+ Multiple numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Subtract numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Displays a message on the console and waits for user input.
+
+ It is important to note that the message is not written to the MSBuild logger,
+ it is always written to the console, no matter which logger is configured.
+ This task requires user input from the console. Do not use this task for projects
+ that will be executed unattended. It is recommended that you always add a Condtion so that
+ this task is only enabled when a custom property is set through the command line.
+ This will ensure that the other users do not attempt to execute the task in unattended mode.
+
+ Pause the build if the interactive property is set:
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Obtain user input during the build:
+ (Note: in most cases, it is recommended that users instead provide custom values to your build through the /property argument of msbuild.exe)
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ The message to display in the console.
+
+
+
+
+ The text entered at the console.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Base class for Regex tasks
+ Handles public properties for Input, Expression, Options and Output
+
+
+
+
+ Regex expression
+
+
+
+
+ Input, list of items to perform the regex on
+
+
+
+
+ Regex options as strings corresponding to the RegexOptions enum:
+ Compiled
+ CultureInvariant
+ ECMAScript
+ ExplicitCapture
+ IgnoreCase
+ IgnorePatternWhitespace
+ Multiline
+ None
+ RightToLeft
+ Singleline
+
+
+
+
+
+ Results of the Regex transformation.
+
+
+
+
+ Options converted to RegexOptions enum
+
+
+
+
+ Task to filter an Input list with a Regex expression.
+ Output list contains items from Input list that matched given expression
+
+ Matches from TestGroup those names ending in a, b or c
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Performs the Match task
+
+ if the task ran successfully;
+ otherwise .
+
+
+
+ Task to replace portions of strings within the Input list
+ Output list contains all the elements of the Input list after
+ performing the Regex Replace.
+
+
+ 1st example replaces first occurance of "foo." with empty string
+ 2nd example replaces occurance of "foo." after character 6 with "oop." string
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ String replacing matching expression strings in input list.
+ If left empty matches in the input list are removed (replaced with empty string)
+
+
+
+
+ Number of matches to allow on each input item.
+ -1 indicates to perform matches on all matches within input item
+
+
+
+
+ Position within the input item to start matching
+
+
+
+
+ Performs the Replace task
+
+ if the task ran successfully;
+ otherwise .
+
+
+
+ Different ways to specify the assembly in a UsingTask element.
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly file name (Default): <UsingTask AssemblyFile="foo.dll" />
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly location: <UsingTask AssemblyName="foo" />
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly Name: <UsingTask AssemblyFile="bin\debug\foo.dll" />
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly fully qualified name: <UsingTask AssemblyName="foo.dll,version ...." />
+
+
+
+
+ A Task that generates a XSD schema of the tasks in an assembly.
+
+
+ Creates schema for MSBuild Community Task project
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the list of path to analyse.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output path for the generated files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the list of path to the generated XSD schema.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating if the task list (using UsingTask)
+ has to be genereted.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating how the assembly is specified in the
+ UsingTask element.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating wheter documentation should be ignored
+ even if available (Default is false).
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the path to the task list if it was generated.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating if the
+ MsBuild schema inclusing should be ignored
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a list of included schemas
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Retrieves the list of Projects contained within a Visual Studio Solution (.sln) file
+
+
+ Returns project name, GUID, and path information from test solution
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ A list of the project files found in
+
+
+ The name of the project can be retrieved by reading metadata tag ProjectName.
+
+ The path to the project as it is is stored in the solution file retrieved by reading metadata tag ProjectPath.
+
+
+ The project's GUID can be retrieved by reading metadata tag ProjectGUID.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Name of Solution to get Projects from
+
+
+
+
+ Perform task
+
+ true on success
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task that replaces tokens in a template file and writes out a new file.
+
+
+
+
+ MSBuild Community Tasks
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Tokens in the template file are formatted using ${var} syntax and names are not
+ case-sensitive, so ${Token} and ${TOKEN} are equivalent.
+
+
+
+ Meta data tag used for token replacement
+
+
+
+
+ Default constructor. Creates a new TemplateFile task.
+
+
+
+
+ The token replaced template file.
+
+
+
+
+ The full path to the output file name. If no filename is specified (the default) the
+ output file will be the Template filename with a .out extension.
+
+
+
+
+ The template file used. Tokens with values of ${Name} are replaced by name.
+
+
+
+
+ List of tokens to replace in the template. Token name is taken from the TaskItem.ItemSpec and the
+ replacement value comes from the ReplacementValue metadata of the item.
+
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+ Success or failure of the task.
+
+
+
+ Gets the current date and time.
+
+
+ See
+
+ DateTimeFormatInfo
+ for the syntax of the format string.
+
+ Using the Time task to get the Month, Day,
+ Year, Hour, Minute, and Second:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+ Set property "BuildDate" to the current date and time:
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the format string
+ for output parameter .
+
+
+ See
+
+ DateTimeFormatInfo
+ for the syntax of the format string.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the month component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the day of the month represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the year component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the hour component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the minute component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the seconds component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the milliseconds component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of ticks that represent the date and time of this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the time represented by this instance is based
+ on local time, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), or neither.
+
+
+ Possible values are:
+
+ - Local (default)
,
+ - Utc
,
+ - Unspecified
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the time of day for this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the day of the year represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the day of the week represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent string representation.
+ If input parameter is provided,
+ the value is formatted according to it.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent short date string representation.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent long date string representation.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent short time string representation.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent long time string representation.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the internal time value.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ True if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ A task to merge and transform a set of xml files.
+
+
+
+ The xml files of parameter
+ are merged into one xml document,
+ wrapped with a root tag
+
+
+ If only one input file is provided,
+ merging and wrapping can be omitted
+ by setting to an empty string.
+
+
+ The root tag can be given any number of attributes
+ by providing a list of semicolon-delimited name/value pairs
+ to parameter .
+ For example: RootAttributes="foo=bar;date=$(buildDate)"
+
+
+ Parameter defaults to
+ one attribute with a name specified by ,
+ and a local time stamp as value.
+ To suppress the default value, an empty parameter
+ RootAttributes=""
+ must be specified explicitely.
+
+
+ The xsl transformation file
+ specified by parameter
+ is applied on the input.
+
+
+ The
+ can be given any number of metadata,
+ which will be handed to the xsl transformation
+ as parameters.
+
+
+ If only one input file is given with ,
+ metadata will also be handed to the xsl transformation.
+ However, the metadata is preferred in case of equal names.
+ To overcome this limitation, for each input item metadatum, an additional parameter
+ prefixed with is created.
+
+
+ The output is written to the file
+ specified by parameter .
+
+
+ This example for generating a report
+ from a set of NUnit xml results:
+
+
+
+ $(project)
+ $(configuration)
+ $(MSBuildProjectFullPath)
+ $(MSBuildBinPath)
+ $(MSBuildCommunityTasksPath)\$(nunitReportXsl)
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+ This examples shows all available task attributes:
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ The name of the default attribute
+ of the .
+ The value is "created",
+ and the attribute will contain a local time stamp.
+
+
+
+
+ The prefix of XSLT parameters created from single XML input metadata.
+ The value is "input_".
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the xml input files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the xml tag name
+ of the root tag wrapped
+ around the merged xml input files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the list of
+ semicolon-delimited name/value pairs
+ of the .
+ For example: RootAttributes="foo=bar;date=$(buildDate)"
+
+
+
+
+ Enables a Trusted XSLT processor. Sepcifically enables scripts
+ in the xsl transformation file
+ For example: UseTrusted="true"
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the path of the
+ xsl transformation file to apply.
+
+
+ The property can be given any number of metadata,
+ which will be handed to the xsl transformation
+ as parameters.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the path of the output file.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ Returns true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Adds a new xsl parameter with to the specified argument list.
+
+ The name of the parameter.
+ The value of the parameter.
+ The parameter list.
+ Whether the parameter was added.
+ Does not add the parameter
+ when a parameter with the same name is already part of the .
+
+
+
+ Replace text in file(s) using a Regular Expression.
+
+ Search for a version number and update the revision.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the files to update.
+
+ The files.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the regex.
+
+ The regex.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value specifies case-insensitive matching. .
+
+ true if [ignore case]; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value changing the meaning of ^ and $ so they match at the beginning and end,
+ respectively, of any line, and not just the beginning and end of the entire string.
+
+ true if multiline; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value changing the meaning of the dot (.) so it matches
+ every character (instead of every character except \n).
+
+ true if singleline; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the maximum number of times the replacement can occur.
+
+ The replacement count.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets if replacement text is empty.
+
+ true if [ignore case]; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the replacement text.
+
+ The replacement text.
+
+
+ Maintain the behaviour of the original implementation for compatibility
+ (i.e. initialize _useDefaultEncoding with false) and use utf-8-without-bom,
+ which is Microsoft's default encoding, only when Encoding property is set
+ to "utf-8-without-bom".
+
+
+
+ The character encoding used to read and write the file.
+
+ Any value returned by is valid input.
+ The default is utf-8
+ Additionally, utf-8-without-bomcan be used.
+
+
+
+ When TRUE, a warning will be generated to show which file was not updated.
+
+ N/A
+
+
+
+ Returns list of items that were not updated
+
+
+
+
+ Returns true if all items were updated, else false
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Uses FxCop to analyse managed code assemblies and reports on
+ their design best-practice compliance.
+
+
+ Shows how to analyse an assembly and use an XSLT stylesheet
+ to present the report as an HTML file. If the static anlysis fails,
+ the build does not stop - this is controlled with the FailOnError
+ parameter.
+
+ ]]>
+
+ If you include the MSBuild.Community.Tasks.Targets file
+ in you build project, the ItemGroup @(FxCopRuleAssemblies) is defined
+ with the standard FxCop Rules Assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Tells FxCop to search the GAC for assembly references. This parameter was added in FxCop 1.35
+
+
+
+
+ Applies the XSL transformation specified in /outXsl to the
+ analysis report before saving the file.
+
+
+
+
+ Directs analysis output to the console or to the
+ Output window in Visual Studio .NET. By default,
+ the XSL file FxCopConsoleOutput.xsl is applied to the
+ output before it is displayed.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies additional directories to search for assembly dependencies.
+ FxCopCmd always searches the target assembly directory and the current
+ working directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the target assembly to analyze.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the XSL or XSLT file that contains a transformation to
+ be applied to the analysis output before it is displayed in the console.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the name of an analysis report or project file to import.
+ Any messages in the imported file that are marked as excluded are not
+ included in the analysis results.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the custom dictionary.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the filename(s) of FxCop rule assemblies
+
+
+
+
+ The list of rules to run
+
+ Rule names should be provided using the format Library#RuleNumber. For example Microsoft.Design#CA1012
+ Place a single hyphen (-) in front of the rule name to exclude it. For example -Microsoft.Performance#CA1805
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the rule set.
+
+
+ The rule set.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the file name for the analysis report.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the XSL or XSLT file that is referenced by the
+ xml-stylesheet processing instruction in the analysis report.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the location of the version of Mscorlib.dll
+ that was used when building the target assemblies if this
+ version is not installed on the computer running FxCopCmd.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the filename of FxCop project file.
+
+
+
+
+ Includes a summary report with the informational
+ messages returned by FxCopCmd.
+
+
+
+
+ Comma-separated list of type names to analyze. This option disables
+ analysis of assemblies, namespaces, and resources; only the specified
+ types and their members are included in the analysis.
+ Use the wildcard character '*' at the end of the name to select multiple types.
+
+
+
+
+ Saves the results of the analysis in the project file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+ The working directory.
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the output is verbose.
+
+ true if verbose; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the build should
+ fail if static code analysis reports errors. Defaults to
+ true.
+
+ true if verbose; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether FxCop should ignore
+ generated code. Defaults to false.
+
+ true if ignore generated code; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+ if the task ran successfully;
+ otherwise .
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments
+ to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass
+ directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether all task paratmeters are valid.
+
+ true if all task parameters are valid; otherwise, false
+
+
+
+ Returns the directory in which to run the executable file.
+
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file,
+ or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file
+ should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the actions that can be performed on a service.
+
+
+
+
+ Starts a service.
+
+
+
+
+ Stops a service.
+
+
+
+
+ Restarts a service.
+
+
+
+
+ Pauses a running service.
+
+
+
+
+ Continues a paused service.
+
+
+
+
+ Task that can control a Windows service.
+
+
+ Restart Web Server
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the to perform on the service.
+
+ The action to perform on the service.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the timeout for the command. The default is
+ one minute.
+
+ The timeout for the command.
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+ if the task ran successfully;
+ otherwise .
+
+
+
+ Describes a factory for IFtpWebRequest.
+
+
+
+
+ Instantiates an FtpWebRequest.
+
+
+
+
+ Sends an email message
+
+ Example of sending an email.
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ List of files to attach to message
+
+
+
+
+ List of addresss that contains the blind carbon copy (BCC) recipients for this e-mail message
+
+
+
+
+ List of addresss that contains the carbon copy (CC) recipients for this e-mail message
+
+
+
+
+ The email message body
+
+
+
+
+ The from address for this e-mail message
+
+
+ This property is required.
+
+
+
+
+ A value indicating whether the mail message body is in Html
+
+
+
+
+ The priority of this e-mail message
+
+
+ Possible values are High, Normal, and Low
+
+
+
+
+ The subject line for this e-mail message
+
+
+ This property is required.
+
+
+
+
+ The name or IP address of the host used for SMTP transactions
+
+
+ This property is required.
+
+
+
+
+ List of addresss that contains the recipients of this e-mail message
+
+
+ This property is required.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the username.
+
+ The username.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password.
+
+ The password.
+
+
+
+ Specify whether the Mail task uses SSL to encrypt the connection.
+
+ true if the Mail task uses SSL; otherwise false. The default value is false.
+
+
+ Sends an email message
+ Returns true if successful
+
+
+
+ Moves files on the filesystem to a new location.
+
+
+ Move a file to another folder
+
+ ]]>
+ Rename a file
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the items that were successfully moved.
+
+ The moved files.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the list of files to moved the source files to.
+
+
+ This list is expected to be a one-to-one mapping with the
+ list specified in the SourceFiles parameter. That is, the
+ first file specified in SourceFiles will be moved to the
+ first location specified in DestinationFiles, and so forth.
+
+ The destination files.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directory to which you want to move the files.
+
+ The destination folder.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source files to move.
+
+ The source files to move.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Runs the NDoc application.
+
+ Generated html help file.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the documenter.
+
+ The documenter.
+ Available documenters are VS.NET_2003, JavaDoc, LaTeX, LinearHtml, MSDN, XML.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the project file path.
+
+ The project file path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the output is verbose.
+
+ true if verbose; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+ The working directory.
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Returns the directory in which to run the executable file.
+
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Run NUnit 2.4 on a group of assemblies.
+
+ Run NUnit tests.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ The default relative path of the NUnit installation.
+ The value is @"NUnit 2.4\bin".
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assemblies.
+
+ The assemblies.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the categories to include.
+
+ Multiple values must be separated by a comma ","
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the categories to exclude.
+
+ Multiple values must be separated by a comma ","
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the fixture.
+
+ The fixture.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XSLT transform file.
+
+ The XSLT transform file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output XML file.
+
+ The output XML file.
+
+
+
+ The file to receive test error details.
+
+
+
+
+ The file to redirect standard output to.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+ The working directory.
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether assemblies are copied to a shadow folder during testing.
+
+ Shadow copying is enabled by default. If you want to test the assemblies "in place",
+ you must set this property to True.
+
+
+
+ The project configuration to run.
+
+ Only applies when a project file is used. The default is the first configuration, usually Debug.
+
+
+
+ Allows tests to be run in a new thread, allowing you to take advantage of ApartmentState and ThreadPriority settings in the config file.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the tests are run in a 32bit process on a 64bit OS.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines the framework to run aganist.
+
+
+
+
+ Whether or not to show test labels in output
+
+
+
+
+ The /process option controls how NUnit loads tests in processes. The following values are recognized.
+ Single - All the tests are run in the nunit-console process. This is the default.
+ Separate - A separate process is created to run the tests.
+ Multiple - A separate process is created for each test assembly, whether specified on the command line or listed in an NUnit project file.
+ Note: This option is not available using the .NET 1.1 build of nunit-console.
+
+
+
+
+ The /domain option controls of the creation of AppDomains for running tests. The following values are recognized:
+ None - No domain is created - the tests are run in the primary domain. This normally requires copying the NUnit assemblies into the same directory as your tests.
+ Single - A test domain is created - this is how NUnit worked prior to version 2.4
+ Multiple - A separate test domain is created for each assembly
+ The default is to use multiple domains if multiple assemblies are listed on the command line. Otherwise a single domain is used.
+
+
+
+
+ The /apartment option may be used to specify the ApartmentState (STA or MTA) of the test runner thread. Since the default is MTA, the option is only needed to force execution in the Single Threaded Apartment.
+ Note: If a given test must always run in a particular apartment, as is the case with many Gui tests, you should use an attribute on the test rather than specifying this option at the command line.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+ A string value containing the command line arguments to pass directly to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+ The fully qualified path to the executable file.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs the starting point of the run to all registered loggers.
+
+ A descriptive message to provide loggers, usually the command line and switches.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+ The name of the executable file to run.
+
+
+
+ Gets the with which to log errors.
+
+
+ The with which to log errors.
+
+
+
+ Returns the directory in which to run the executable file.
+
+
+ The directory in which to run the executable file, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the executable file should be run in the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ 一个强类型的资源类,用于查找本地化的字符串等。
+
+
+
+
+ 返回此类使用的缓存的 ResourceManager 实例。
+
+
+
+
+ 使用此强类型资源类,为所有资源查找
+ 重写当前线程的 CurrentUICulture 属性。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Failed to lookup information for {0} in Active Directory. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Attrib directory '{0}'. {1} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Attrib file '{0}'. {1} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Couldn't connect to remove server. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Couldn't resolve server host name {0}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Creating directory "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Both "{0}" and "{1}" were specified as input parameters in the project file. Please choose one or the other. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 File Not Found: {0} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Local File Not Found: {0} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0}% Complete ({1}) 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Transfered {0} ({1}) in {2} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Upload File Complete, {0} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Uploading "{0}"
+ to "{1}"
+ 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 The URI "{0}" scheme is not valid. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Compressed by {0}, from {1} to {2} byte(s) 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Compressing JavaScript in "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Writing compressed JavaScript back to "{0}" using {1}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Emailing "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 "{0}" is not a number. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Merge Complete: {0} files merged into '{1}'. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Merge Complete: No source files to merge. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Merging file '{0}' into '{1}' 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Unable to move file "{0}" to "{1}". {2} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Moving file from "{0}" to "{1}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Could not find the NUnit Project File open command. Please make sure NUnit is installed. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Checking Oracle Home: {0} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 The parameter "{1}" does not apply to the current use of task "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 The "{0}" task was not given a value for the required parameter "{1}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Read Windows Registry 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Write Windows Registry 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Cannot continue service {0} on computer '{1}' as it does not support the pause and continue. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Cannot pause service {0} on computer '{1}' as it does not support the pause and continue. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Cannot stop service {0} on computer '{1}'. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} service was continued successfully. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} service is continuing ... 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Couldn't find the '{0}' service on '{1}' 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Cannot continue service {0} on computer '{1}' as its not currently paused. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Cannot pause service {0} on computer '{1}' as its not currently started. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} service was paused successfully. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} service is pausing ... 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} service was started successfully. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} service is starting ... 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 The '{0}' service on '{1}' is '{2}'. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} service was stopped successfully. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} service is stopping ... 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Solution file "{0}" not found. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 LocalPath is not a working subversion copy. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Could not {0} the file "{1}" to the destination file "{2}", because the destination is a folder instead of a file. To {0} the source file into a folder, consider using the DestinationFolder parameter instead of DestinationFiles. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 No destination specified for {0}. Please supply either "{1}" or "{2}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 The source file "{0}" is actually a directory. The "{1}" task does not support moving directories. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Failed to get current date! 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Getting current date. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Adding TNSNAMES entry "{0}" to "{1}" 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Looking for {0} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Unable to locate a TNSNAMES.ORA file. Please specify a value for TnsNamesFile. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 TNSNAME entry "{0}" already exists in "{1}" and AllowUpdates=false. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Updating TNSNAMES entry "{0}" in "{1}" 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 "{2}" refers to {0} item(s), and "{3}" refers to {1} item(s). They must have the same number of items. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 extracted "{0}" 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Unzip File "{0}"
+ to Directory "{1}"
+ 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Unzipped file "{0}" successfully. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Commitment of change set failed! 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Files added to Vault repository successfully. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Files specified for addition to repository cannot be found. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 The file {0} could not be checked in: {1}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 File or folder {0} not found for checkin. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 The folder {0} could not be checked in: {1}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} successfully checked out. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} successfully checked out. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Specified diskfile {0} does not exist. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 File [{0}] added to change set. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Folder [{0}] added to change set. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Incorrect parameters passed to VaultSession. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Login to Vault repository failed. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Error validating path "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Selection of the repository failed: {0}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 File or folder {0} not found for checkout. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Set working folder for {0} to {1} from {2}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 ClientInstance.TreeCache has not been initialized, Common cause is that SelectRepository has not been called sucessfully. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Successfully undid check out for {0}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Url specifying vault location is required. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Username must be set to access repository. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Clearing working folder for {0}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Restoring working folder for {0} to {1}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Version file "{0}" not found - creating new file. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Updated to version {0} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Initialized to version {0} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Reading version from file "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Unable to read version number from "{0}". {1} 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Unable to write version number to "{0}". {1}" 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Wrote version to file "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Web directory {0} does not exist on {1}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Setting scriptmap for {0} on web directory {1} on {2}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Web directory {0} on {1} does not have a setting called {2}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Reading {0} property of web directory {1} on {2}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Setting {0} property of web directory {1} on {2}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Reading Xml Document "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} node(s) selected for read. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 XmlRead Result: "{0}" 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Updating Xml Document "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 {0} node(s) selected for update. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 XmlUpdate Wrote: "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Adding Parameter "{0}": "{1}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Adding root attribute {0}="{1}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Creating root tag "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 No input files. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 No root tag inserted. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 added "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Creating zip file "{0}". 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Zip File Not Found: {0}. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ 查找类似 Created zip file "{0}" successfully. 的本地化字符串。
+
+
+
+
+ Task that can determine the status of a specified service
+ on a target server.
+
+
+ Check status of SQL Server
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ The unknown
+ returned when the service does not exist.
+ The value is "Unknown".
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the service.
+
+ The name of the service.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the machine.
+
+ The name of the machine.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the status.
+
+ The status of the service.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the service can be paused and resumed.
+
+
+ true if this instance can pause and continue; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the service should be notified when the system is shutting down.
+
+
+ true if this instance can shutdown; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the service can be stopped after it has started.
+
+ true if this instance can stop; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets a friendly name for the service.
+
+ The name of the display.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the service exists.
+
+ true if the service exists; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+ if the task ran successfully;
+ otherwise .
+
+
+
+ Gets the service controller.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a value from the Registry
+
+ Read .NET Framework install root from Registry.
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+ The parameter is set according to the following rules:
+ - If a is provided, it will be used if the or does not exist.
+ - If a is not provided, the exists, but the does not exist, will be set to an empty string.
+ - If a is not provided, and the does not exist, the task will fail.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the full registry path of the key, beginning with a valid registry root, such as "HKEY_CURRENT_USER".
+
+ The name of the key.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the name/value pair.
+
+ The name of the value.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the default value.
+
+ The default value.
+
+
+
+ Gets the stored value.
+
+ The value.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a value to the Registry
+
+ Write a value to Registry
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the full registry path of the key, beginning with a valid registry root, such as "HKEY_CURRENT_USER".
+
+ The name of the key.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the name/value pair.
+
+ The name of the value.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value to be stored.
+
+ The value.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Executes code contained within the task.
+
+
+ Simple script that writes to the console
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+ Script that returns a value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+ The required references
+
+
+
+
+ The namespaces to import.
+
+
+
+
+ The language of the script block (defaults to C#).
+
+ The supported languages are:
+
+ - Visual Basic.NET (VB, vb, VISUALBASIC)
+ - C# (C#, c#, CSHARP)
+ - JavaScript (JS, js, JSCRIPT)
+ - J# (VJS, vjs, JSHARP)
+
or, proviude the fully-qualified name for a class implementing
+ .
+
+
+
+ The name of the main class containing the static ScriptMain
+ entry point.
+
+
+
+
+ The code to compile and execute
+
+
+ The code must include a static (Shared in VB) method named ScriptMain.
+ It cannot accept any parameters. If you define the method return a ,
+ the returned value will be available in the output property.
+
+
+
+
+ The string returned from the custom ScriptMain method.
+
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+ if the task ran successfully;
+ otherwise .
+
+
+
+ A task for sleeping for a specified period of time.
+
+ Causes the build to sleep for 300 milliseconds.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ The number of milliseconds to add to the time to sleep.
+
+
+
+
+ The number of seconds to add to the time to sleep.
+
+
+
+
+ The number of minutes to add to the time to sleep.
+
+
+
+
+ The number of hours to add to the time to sleep.
+
+
+
+
+ Executes the task.
+
+ if the task ran successfully;
+ otherwise .
+
+
+
+ Executes a SQL command.
+
+
+ Execute a SQL command against a database. Target attributes to set:
+ ConnectionString (required), Command (required, the SQL to execute),
+ SelectMode (NonQuery, Scalar, or ScalarXml, default is NonQuery),
+ OutputFile (required when SelectMode is Scalar or ScalarXml).
+
+ Note: ScalarXml was created because of the 2033 byte limit on the sql return.
+ See http://aspnetresources.com/blog/executescalar_truncates_xml.aspx for details.
+
+
+ Example of returning a count of items in a table. Uses the default SelectMode of NonQuery.
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Example of returning the items of a table in an xml format.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ The connection string
+
+
+
+
+ The command to execute
+
+
+
+
+ Command Timeout
+
+ Defaults to 30 seconds. Set to 0 for an infinite timeout period.
+
+
+
+ The SQL Selection Mode. Set to NonQuery, Scalar, or ScalarXml. Default is NonQuery.
+
+
+
+
+ The file name to write to
+
+
+
+
+ Determines if an output file was specified.
+
+
+
+
+ Output the return count/value
+
+
+
+
+ Unzip a file to a target directory.
+
+ Unzip file tasks
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the zip file.
+
+ The name of the zip file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the target directory.
+
+ The target directory.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to overwrite any existing files on extraction. Defaults to true.
+
+ true to overwrite any existing files on extraction; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output less information. Defaults to false.
+
+ false to output a message for every file extracted; otherwise, true.
+
+
+
+ Gets the files extracted from the zip.
+
+ The files extracted from the zip.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates version information based on various algorithms
+
+ Get version information from file and increment revision.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Specify Major and Minor version information and generate Build and Revision.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the major version number.
+
+ The major version number.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the minor version number.
+
+ The minor version number.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the build version number.
+
+
+ The build version number.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the revision version number.
+
+
+ The revision version number.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the file used to initialize and persist the version.
+
+ The version file.
+
+ When specified, the task will attempt to load the previous version information from the file.
+ After updating the version, the new value will be saved to the file.
+
+ If you do not specify a value for this property, the version will be calculated
+ based on the values passed to the , ,
+ , and properties. The new version will not be persisted.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the method used to generate a number
+
+
+ If value is not provided, None is assumed.
+ The number is set according to the following table:
+
+ MajorTypeDescription
+ - NoneThe number is not modified.
+ - IncrementIncreases the previous value by 1.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the method used to generate a number
+
+
+ If value is not provided, None is assumed.
+ The number is set according to the following table:
+
+ MinorTypeDescription
+ - NoneThe number is not modified.
+ - IncrementIncreases the previous value by 1.
+ - ResetResets the previous value to 0.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the method used to generate a number
+
+
+ If value is not provided, None is assumed.
+ The number is set according to the following table:
+
+ BuildTypeDescription
+ - NoneThe number is not modified.
+ - AutomaticThe number of days since .
+ - IncrementIncreases the previous value by 1.
+ - ResetResets the previous value to 0.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the method used to generate a number
+
+
+ If value is not provided, None is assumed.
+ The number is set according to the following table:
+
+ RevisionTypeDescription
+ - NoneThe number is not modified.
+ - AutomaticA number that starts at 0 at midnight, and constantly increases throughout the day (changing roughly every 1.3 seconds). Guaranteed to be safe for components of the AssemblyVersion attribute.
+ - IncrementIncreases the previous value by 1.
+ - BuildIncrementIncreases the previous value by 1 when the value of is unchanged. If the value of has changed, is reset to 0.
+ - ResetResets the previous value to 0.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the starting date used to calculate the number when is Automatic.
+
+ The starting date for calculation of the build number.
+
+ This value is only used when the is Automatic.
+ This default value is January 1, 2000.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Downloads a resource with the specified URI to a local file.
+
+ Download the Microsoft.com home page.
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Download a page from your local intranet protected by Windows Authentication
+
+ ]]>
+
+ Download a page from a password protected website
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the local file that is to receive the data.
+
+ The name of the file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the URI from which to download data.
+
+ The file URI.
+
+
+
+ When true, the current user's credentials are used to authenticate against the remote web server
+
+
+ This value is ignored if the property is set to a non-empty value.
+
+
+
+ The username used to authenticate against the remote web server
+
+
+
+
+ The password used to authenticate against the remote web server. A value for must also be provided.
+
+
+
+
+ The domain of the user being used to authenticate against the remote web server. A value for must also be provided.
+
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines which credentials to pass with the web request
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a value from a XML document using a XPath.
+
+ Read all targest from a build project.
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ If the XPath returns multiple nodes, the Value will
+ be a semicolon delimited list of the nodes text.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the XML file.
+
+ The name of the XML file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XPath.
+
+ The XPath.
+
+
+
+ Gets the value read from file.
+
+ The value.
+
+ If the XPath returns multiple nodes, the values will be semicolon delimited.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the default namespace.
+
+ The namespace.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the prefix to associate with the namespace being added.
+
+ The namespace prefix.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Updates a XML document using a XPath.
+
+ Update a XML element.
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+ The XML node being updated must exist before using the XmlUpdate task.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the XML file.
+
+ The name of the XML file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XPath.
+
+ The XPath.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value to write.
+
+ The value.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the matched node is deleted.
+
+ true to delete matched node; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the default namespace.
+
+ The namespace.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the prefix to associate with the namespace being added.
+
+ The namespace prefix.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
+ Create a zip file with the files specified.
+
+ Create a zip file
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+ Create a zip file using a working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the zip file.
+
+ The name of the zip file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the zip level. Default is 6.
+
+ The zip level.
+ 0 - store only to 9 - means best compression
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets whether to use ZIP64 extensions.
+
+ true to use ZIP64 extensions when necessary; otherwise, false.
+
+ When ZIP64 is specified, then ZIP64 extension is used when necessary.
+ For example, when a single entry exceeds 0xFFFFFFFF in size, or when the archive
+ as a whole exceeds 0xFFFFFFFF in size, or when there are more than 65535 entries
+ in an archive.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the files to zip.
+
+ The files to zip.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is flatten.
+
+ true if flatten; otherwise, false.
+
+ Flattening the zip means that all directories will be removed
+ and the files will be place at the root of the zip file
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the comment.
+
+ The comment.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the working directory for the zip file.
+
+ The working directory.
+
+ The working directory is the base of the zip file.
+ All files will be made relative from the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the password.
+
+ The password.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the encryption algorithm.
+
+ The encryption algorithm.
+
+ Possible values are None, PkzipWeak, WinZipAes128 and WinZipAes256
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets whether parallel compression is used
+
+ Whether or not the files will be compressed in parallel.
+
+ This is true by default
+
+
+
+
+ 'Add' statement won't be logged with MinimalLogging enabled.
+ The default value for MinimalLogging is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output less information. Defaults to false.
+
+ false to output a message for every file added to a zip; otherwise, true.
+
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, executes the task.
+
+
+ true if the task successfully executed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.xsd b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.xsd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcb56ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VSIX/packages/MSBuildTasks.1.5.0.214/tools/MSBuild.Community.Tasks.xsd
@@ -0,0 +1,7862 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installs and register script mappings for ASP.NET
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The method used to determine if ASP.NET script mappings should be applied
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When , the aspnet_client scripts will be installed. No script mappings will be updated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The web application that should have its script maps updated.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When , script maps are applied recursively under .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The version of ASP.NET to install
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Generates an AssemblyInfo files
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets whether to allow strong-named assemblies to be called by partially trusted code.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly company.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly configuration.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly copyright.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly culture.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly delay sign value.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly description.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly file version.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly informational version.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly key file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly key name.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly product.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly title.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly trademark.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly version.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether [CLSCompliant].
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the code language.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether [COMVisible].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to generate the ThisAssmebly class.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the GUID.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Makes it possible to make certain assemblies able to use constructs marked as internal.
+ Example might be setting this value to "UnitTests" assembly. The typical use case might
+ be constructors in classes which shouldn't be available to other assemblies, but the unit
+ tests should be able to use them.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the neutral language which is used as a fallback language configuration
+ if the locale on the computer isn't supported. Example is setting this to "en-US".
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the output file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly delay sign value.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the ultimate resource fallback location.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly delay sign value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Changes the attributes of files and/or directories
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets file's archive status.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating file is compressed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the list of directories to change attributes on.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating file is encrypted.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the list of files to change attributes on.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating file is hidden, and thus is not included in an ordinary directory listing.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating file is normal and has no other attributes set.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating file is read-only.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating file is a system file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task to play the sound of a beep through the console speaker.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the of the beep measured in milliseconds.
+ Defaults to 200 milliseconds.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the frequency of the beep, ranging from 37 to 32767 hertz.
+ Defaults to 800 hertz.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calculates checksum of a file set.
+
+ It is based on ANT's checksum task. The output is stored in a file in the same folder
+ as the input file with the name [input_file].[algorithm_type]. Supported algorithms: MD5, SH1.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Algorithm to be used. Defaults to MD5.
+
+
+
+
+ Files uses to calculate the checksum
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Provides information about the build computer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the IP address of the build computer.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the IP v4 address of the build computer.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the host name of the build computer.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the platform identifier of the build computer's operating system .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the version number of the build computer's operating system.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Delete a directory tree. This task supports wild card directory selection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the deleted directories.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directories to be deleted.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is recursive.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a set of project files (.csproj, .vbproj) in InputFiles and generate a GraphViz style syntax.
+ You can paste the result of the graphs in places like http://graphviz-dev.appspot.com/ to see your chart or
+ run the file using the GraphViz tool http://www.graphviz.org/
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A set of regular expression to filter the input files
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A set of regular expression to filter the referenced projects
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A set of regular expression to filter the referenced assemblies
+
+
+
+
+ Project files to parse
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] includes project dependencies to output
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] FileName to output results
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for embedded native resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the resource name.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the resource path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the resource type.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the target assembly path.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Replace text in file(s) using a Regular Expression.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Returns true if all items were updated, else false
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The character encoding used to read and write the file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the files to update.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value specifies case-insensitive matching. .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Returns list of items that were not updated
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value changing the meaning of ^ and $ so they match at the beginning and end,
+ respectively, of any line, and not just the beginning and end of the entire string.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the regex.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the maximum number of times the replacement can occur.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the replacement text.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets if replacement text is empty.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value changing the meaning of the dot (.) so it matches
+ every character (instead of every character except \n).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When TRUE, a warning will be generated to show which file was not updated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a full remote directory on the remote server if not exists using the File Transfer Protocol (FTP).
+ This can be one directory or a full path to create.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the size of the data buffer.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets the last recieved FTP response over the client socket.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password to login.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the port number.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote directory to create.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server host.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username to login.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Determ if a remote directory exists on a FTP server or not.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the size of the data buffer.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets an indication whether the directory exists on the server.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets the last recieved FTP response over the client socket.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password to login.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the port number.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote directory to create.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server host.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username to login.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Uploads a full directory content to a remote directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the size of the data buffer.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the type of files to be transferred. Accepts either 'BINARY' or 'ASCII' value.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets the last recieved FTP response over the client socket.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local directory that contains the content to upload.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password to login.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the port number.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the subdirectories of the local directory should be created remotely and the content of these should also be uploaded.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the remote directory destination for the local files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the server host.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username to login.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Uploads a group of files using File Transfer Protocol (FTP).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to make a persistent connection to the Internet resource.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the single file to upload. Use
+ this or LocalFiles, but not both.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local files to upload. Use this
+ or LocalFile, but not both.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote files to upload.
+ Each item in this list should have a corresponding item in LocalFiles.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the remote URI to upload.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the time-out value in milliseconds
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the behavior of a client application's data transfer process.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Uses FxCop to analyse managed code assemblies and reports on
+ their design best-practice compliance.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the file name for the analysis report.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Applies the XSL transformation specified in /outXsl to the
+ analysis report before saving the file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the XSL or XSLT file that contains a transformation to
+ be applied to the analysis output before it is displayed in the console.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the custom dictionary.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies additional directories to search for assembly dependencies.
+ FxCopCmd always searches the target assembly directory and the current
+ working directory.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Directs analysis output to the console or to the
+ Output window in Visual Studio .NET. By default,
+ the XSL file FxCopConsoleOutput.xsl is applied to the
+ output before it is displayed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the build should
+ fail if static code analysis reports errors. Defaults to
+ true.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether FxCop should ignore
+ generated code. Defaults to false.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the name of an analysis report or project file to import.
+ Any messages in the imported file that are marked as excluded are not
+ included in the analysis results.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Includes a summary report with the informational
+ messages returned by FxCopCmd.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the XSL or XSLT file that is referenced by the
+ xml-stylesheet processing instruction in the analysis report.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the location of the version of Mscorlib.dll
+ that was used when building the target assemblies if this
+ version is not installed on the computer running FxCopCmd.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the filename of FxCop project file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the filename(s) of FxCop rule assemblies
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The list of rules to run
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the rule set.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Saves the results of the analysis in the project file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Tells FxCop to search the GAC for assembly references. This parameter was added in FxCop 1.35
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the target assembly to analyze.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Comma-separated list of type names to analyze. This option disables
+ analysis of assemblies, namespaces, and resources; only the specified
+ types and their members are included in the analysis.
+ Use the wildcard character '*' at the end of the name to select multiple types.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the output is verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task to install and uninstall assemblies into the GAC
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assembly name or file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the number of assemblies that failed to installed/uninstalled.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to force reinstall of an assembly.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether related files are included when installing in GAC.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the installed assembly names.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the installed assembly paths.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether warning messages are output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the related file extensions to copy when is true.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the number of assemblies that were skipped during installed/uninstalled.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the number of assemblies successfully installed/uninstalled.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Install the list of assemblies into the GAC.
+
+
+
+
+ Uninstall the list of assembly names from the GAC.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Retrieves the list of Projects contained within a Visual Studio Solution (.sln) file
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] A list of the project files found in
+
+
+
+
+ Name of Solution to get Projects from
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task to get the name of the branch or tag of git repository
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the raw arguments to pass to the git command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Return the branch or tag.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets command console output messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local or working path for git command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for Git commands.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the raw arguments to pass to the git command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets command console output messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local or working path for git command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for git to get the current commit datetime.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the raw arguments to pass to the git command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the commit datetime.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets command console output messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local or working path for git command.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the revision to get the version from. Default is HEAD.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for git to retrieve the number of commits on a revision.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the raw arguments to pass to the git command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the commitscount.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets command console output messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local or working path for git command.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the revision to get the total number of commits from. Default is HEAD.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for git to get the most current tag, commit count since tag, and commit hash.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When true, Git describe will always return at least hash
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the raw arguments to pass to the git command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the number of commits in this branch since the last tag
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the commit hash.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets command console output messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Not active yet
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When true, will use unannotated tags
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local or working path for git command.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Matches the specified pattern
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When true, any processing errors will push error status out into
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the last tagname for this branch
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for git to detect if there are pending changes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the raw arguments to pass to the git command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets command console output messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets whether the working directory has pending changes.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local or working path for git command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for git to get the current commit hash.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the raw arguments to pass to the git command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the commit hash.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets command console output messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local or working path for git command.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the revision to get the version from. Default is HEAD.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to abbreviate to a shorter unique name.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating short hash length.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Html Help 1x compiler task.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the project file path.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A Html Help 2.0 compiler task.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the log file.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no error messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the output file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the project file path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the project root.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating quite mode.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the uncompile directory.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the uncompile file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Allows control for an application pool on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to control the application pool on the local machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you can
+ specify the and for the task
+ to run under.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the application pool action.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the app pool.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets host header. Used when you have more than one website in IIS that have the same port but different host headers.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the server. The default value is 'localhost'.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the server port.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Start the applicaiton pool
+
+
+
+
+ Stop the applicaiton pool
+
+
+
+
+ Restart the applicaiton pool
+
+
+
+
+ Recycle the applicaiton pool
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new application pool on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to create the new application pool on the local machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you can
+ specify the and for the task
+ to run under.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the application pool.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AppPoolAutoStart property indicates to the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service)
+ to automatically start an application pool when the application pool is created or when IIS
+ is started, if the value of this property is set to true.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AppPoolIdentityType property allows application pools to run as a specific user account:
+
+ 0 - The application pool runs as NT AUTHORITY\SYSTEM.
+ 1 - The application pool runs as NT AUTHORITY\LOCAL SERVICE.
+ 2 - The application pool runs as NT AUTHORITY\NETWORK SERVICE.
+ 3 - The application pool runs as a specific user account, defined by the property.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AppPoolQueueLength property indicates to the Universal Listener how many requests
+ to queue up for an application pool before rejecting future requests. When the limit
+ for this property is exceeded, IIS rejects the additional requests with a 503 error.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AutoShutdownAppPoolExe property specifies an executable to run when the World Wide Web
+ Publishing Service (WWW service) shuts down an application pool for rapid fail protection. You
+ can use the property to send parameters to the executable.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AutoShutdownAppPoolParams property specifies any command-line parameters for the executable that
+ is specified in the AutoShutdownAppPoolExe property. You can use these two properties in the following
+ way to send e-mail, for example, when the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service) shuts down
+ an application pool for rapid fail protection:
+
+ AutoShutdownAppPoolExe = "C:\LogAndSendMail.bat"
+ AutoShutdownAppPoolParams = "-AppPoolName %1%"
+
+ where %1% represents the application pool name.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The CPUAction property configures the action(s) that IIS takes when Microsoft Windows NT ® job objects
+ run. Only one Windows NT job object exists per application pool, therefore the CPUAction property
+ is configured on a per application pool basis.
+
+ Possible values:
+ 0 - No action is taken except that a warning is written to the event log when the CPU limit is exceeded.
+ 1 - Application pool worker processes that exceed their CPU limit will be forced to shut down.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The CPULimit property configures the maximum percentage of CPU resources that worker processes
+ in an application pool are allowed to consume over a period of time, as indicated by the
+ property. Set this property by specifying a percentage of CPU
+ usage, multiplied by 1000. For example, if you want the CPU usage limit to be 50%, set CPULimit to 50,000.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The CPUResetInterval property specifies the reset period (in minutes) for CPU monitoring and
+ throttling limits on the application pool. When the number of minutes elapsed since the last
+ process accounting reset equals the number specified by this property, IIS will reset the CPU
+ timers for both the logging and limit intervals. Setting the value of this property to 0
+ disables CPU monitoring.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The DisallowOverlappingRotation property specifies whether or not the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW Service) should start up another worker process to replace the existing worker
+ process while it is shutting down.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The DisallowRotationOnConfigChange property specifies whether or not the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW Service) should rotate worker processes in an application pool when the configuration
+ has changed. This means that the worker processes will not pick up application pool changes to
+ values passed to the worker process, such as and .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets host header. Used when you have more than one website in IIS that have the same port but different host headers.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The IdleTimeout property specifies how long (in minutes) a worker process should run idle if no new
+ requests are received and the worker process is not processing requests. After the allotted time
+ passes, the worker process should request to be shut down by the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW Service).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The LoadBalancerCapabilities property specifies behavior when a service is unavailable. A setting of 1
+ terminates the connection. A setting of 2 sends error code 503.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The LogEventOnRecycle property specifies that IIS should log an event when an application pool is
+ recycled. Application pools recycle for a variety of reasons. In order for IIS to log the event, the
+ LogEventOnRecycle property must have a bit set corresponding to the reason for the recycle.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The LogonMethod property contains an integer that specifies the logon method for cleartext
+ logons. Valid settings are:
+
+ 0 for interactive logon.
+ 1 for batch logon.
+ 2 for network logon.
+ 3 for cleartext logon.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The MaxProcesses property determines the maximum number of worker processes an application pool
+ allows to service requests for an application pool. This property cannot be set to 0 because there
+ are no unmanaged pools.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The OrphanActionExe property specifies an executable to run when the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW service) orphans a worker process. You can use the property
+ to send parameters to the executable.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The OrphanActionParams property specifies command-line parameters for the executable
+ specified by the property.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The OrphanWorkerProcess property, when set to true, notifies the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW Service) not to terminate a worker process that fails to respond to pings, but
+ to instead orphan the worker process in the application pool if the worker process suffers
+ fatal errors.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The PeriodicRestartMemory property specifies the amount of virtual memory (in KB) that a
+ worker process can use before the worker process recycles. The maximum value supported
+ for this property is 4,294,967 KB.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The PeriodicRestartPrivateMemory property specifies the amount of private memory (in KB) that a
+ worker process can use before the worker process recycles. The maximum value supported
+ for this property is 4,294,967 KB.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The PeriodicRestartRequests property indicates the number of requests the OOP application
+ should process, after which it is recycled.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The PeriodicRestartSchedule property specifies the time (in 24 hour format) that the application
+ will be rotated. Each time is in local time and is specified in the following format:
+
+ PeriodicRestartSchedule="hh:mm,hh:mm,hh:mm"
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The PeriodicRestartTime property specifies the period of time, in minutes, after which IIS
+ rotates an isolated OOP application. Setting the value of this property to 0 disables the
+ property. The maximum supported value for this property is 71,582.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The PingingEnabled property specifies whether the World Wide Web Publishing Service
+ (WWW Service) should periodically monitor the health of a worker process. Setting the
+ value of this property to true indicates to the WWW service to monitor the worker
+ processes to ensure that the they are running and healthy.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The PingInterval property specifies the period of time (in seconds) between health-monitoring
+ pings that the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW Service) sends to a worker process.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The PingResponseTime property specifies the amount of time (in seconds) that a worker process
+ is given to respond to a health monitoring ping. After the time limit is exceeded, the World
+ Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW Service) terminates the worker process.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Setting the RapidFailProtection property to true instructs the World Wide Web Publishing
+ Service (WWW service) to put all applications in an application pool out of service if the
+ number of worker process crashes has reached the maximum specified by the
+ property, within the number of minutes specified
+ by the property.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The RapidFailProtectionInterval property specifies the number of minutes before the failure
+ count for a process is reset. See .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The RapidFailProtectionMaxCrashes property specifies the maximum number of failures
+ allowed within the number of minutes specified by the
+ property. See .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the server. The default value is 'localhost'.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the server port.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The ShutdownTimeLimit property specifies the amount of time (in seconds) after a recycle
+ threshold has been reached that IIS waits for all old requests to finish running in a worker
+ process before terminating the worker process.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Setting the SMPAffinitized property to true indicates that a particular worker process
+ assigned to an application pool should be assigned to a given CPU. This property is used
+ in conjunction with the property to configure a
+ particular processor a worker process will be assigned to.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The SMPProcessorAffinityMask property configures the hexadecimal processor mask. The hexadecimal
+ processor mask indicates to which CPU the worker processes in an application pool should be
+ bound. Before this property takes affect, the property must be set
+ to true for the application pool. These properties cannot be set through IIS Manager.
+
+ Do not set this property to zero. Doing so causes no SMP affinity to be configured, creating an
+ error condition. The default DWORD value is 4294967295 (or -1), which is represented in hexadecimal
+ as 0xFFFFFFFF. A value of 0xFFFFFFFF in SMPProcessorAffinityMask indicates that all processors are enabled.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The value of the StartupTimeLimit property specifies the amount of time (in seconds) that the World Wide
+ Web Publishing Service (WWW Service) should wait for a worker process to finish starting up and
+ reporting to the WWW Service.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The WAMUserName property specifies the account user name that IIS uses by default as the COM+
+ application identity for newly created IIS out-of-process applications. The values of this
+ property and its companion property, , are set when IIS is installed, and
+ match the user name and password values in the Microsoft Windows user account, which is established
+ at the same time. Changing the value of this property is not recommended. If you do, change
+ it to a valid Windows user account, and change WAMUserPass to the corresponding password
+ for the new account.
+
+ Important:
+ Changes to WAMUserName and WAMUserPass may disrupt the operation of existing IIS out-of-process
+ applications. You can synchronize application identities using Component Services to edit the
+ user name and password values, found on the Identity tab of the property sheet for each package.
+
+ In-process applications are not affected by these property values.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The WAMUserPass property specifies the password for the account that IIS uses by default as the COM+
+ application identity for newly created IIS out-of-process applications. The values of this property
+ and its companion property, , are set when IIS is installed, and match the
+ password and user name values in the Microsoft Windows user account (IWAM_ MachineName, where MachineName
+ is the name of the machine on which IIS is installed) established at the same time.
+
+ Important:
+ Changing the value of this property is not recommended. If you do, you must change the Windows account
+ password to the identical value. You must also synchronize existing IIS out-of-process application
+ identities, using Component Services to edit the user name and password values, which are found on the
+ Identity tab of the property sheet for each package.
+
+ In-process applications are not affected by these property values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Deletes an existing application pool on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to delete an existing application pool on the local machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you can
+ specify the and for the task
+ to run under.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the application pool.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets host header. Used when you have more than one website in IIS that have the same port but different host headers.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the server. The default value is 'localhost'.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the server port.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new web directory on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to create the new web directory on the local machine. The physical path is required to already exist
+ on the target machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you can specify the
+ and for the task to run under.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value that indicates if the file
+ or the contents of the folder may be executed, regardless of file type.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that remote requests to execute applications
+ are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed
+ if the AccessExecute property is set to true. You cannot set
+ AccessNoRemoteExecute to false to enable remote requests, and set
+ to false to disable local requests.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that remote requests to view files are denied; only
+ requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the
+ property is set to true. You cannot set to false to enable
+ remote requests, and set to false to disable local requests.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that remote requests to view dynamic content are denied; only
+ requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the property
+ is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteScript to false to enable remote requests,
+ and set to false to disable local requests.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that remote requests to create or change files are denied; only
+ requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the property
+ is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteWrite to false to enable remote requests,
+ and set to false to disable local requests.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that the file or the contents of the folder may be read
+ through Microsoft Internet Explorer.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that the file or the contents of the folder may be executed
+ if they are script files or static content. A value of false only allows static files,
+ such as HTML files, to be served.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that users are allowed to access source code if either
+ Read or Write permissions are set. Source code includes scripts in Microsoft ® Active
+ Server Pages (ASP) applications.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that file access requires SSL file permission processing, with
+ or without a client certificate.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that file access requires SSL file permission processing
+ with a minimum key size of 128 bits, with or without a client certificate.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that SSL file permission processing maps a client certificate
+ to a Microsoft Windows ® operating system user-account. The property
+ must also be set to true for the mapping to occur.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that SSL file access processing requests a certificate from
+ the client. A value of false indicates that access continues if the client does not have
+ a certificate. Some versions of Internet Explorer will close the connection if the server
+ requests a certificate and a certificate is not available (even if
+ is also set to true).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that SSL file access processing requests a certificate from the
+ client. If the client provides no certificate, the connection is closed.
+ must also be set to true when using AccessSSLRequireCert.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value of true indicates that users are allowed to upload files and their associated
+ properties to the enabled directory on your server or to change content in a Write-enabled
+ file. Write can be implemented only with a browser that supports the PUT feature of
+ the HTTP 1.1 protocol standard.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AnonymousPasswordSync property indicates whether IIS should handle the user password
+ for anonymous users attempting to access resources.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AppAllowClientDebug property specifies whether ASP client-side debugging
+ is enabled. This property is independent of , which
+ applies to server-side debugging.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AppAllowDebugging property specifies whether ASP debugging is enabled on
+ the server. This property is independent of the property,
+ which applies to client-side debugging.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspAllowSessionState property enables session state persistence for the ASP application.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspBufferingOn property specifies whether output from an ASP application will be buffered.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspEnableApplicationRestart determines whether an ASP application can be
+ automatically restarted. When changes are made to Global.asa or metabase properties
+ that affect an application, the application will not restart unless the
+ AspEnableApplicationRestart property is set to true.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspEnableAspHtmlFallback property controls the behavior of ASP when a
+ new request is to be rejected due to a full request queue.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspEnableChunkedEncoding property specifies whether HTTP 1.1 chunked
+ transfer encoding is enabled for the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspEnableParentPaths property specifies whether an ASP page allows paths
+ relative to the current directory (using the ..\ notation) or above the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspEnableTypelibCache property specifies whether type libraries are cached
+ on the server. The World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service) setting for
+ this property is applicable to all in-process and pooled out-of-process application
+ nodes, at all levels. Metabase settings at the Web server level or lower are ignored
+ for in-process and pooled out-of-process applications. However, settings at the Web
+ server level or lower are used if that node is an isolated out-of-process application.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspErrorsToNTLog property specifies which ASP errors are written to the
+ Windows event log. ASP errors are written to the client browser and to the IIS
+ log files by default.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspExceptionCatchEnable property specifies whether ASP pages trap exceptions
+ thrown by components.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspLogErrorRequests property controls whether the Web server writes ASP errors
+ to the application section of the Windows event log. ASP errors are written to the
+ client browser and to the IIS log files by default.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspScriptErrorMessage property specifies the error message to send to the browser
+ if specific debugging errors are not sent to the client (if
+ is set to false).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspScriptErrorSentToBrowser property specifies whether the Web server writes
+ debugging specifics (file name, error, line number, description) to the client
+ browser, in addition to logging them to the Windows Event Log. The
+ property provides the error message to be sent if this property is set to false.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The AspTrackThreadingModel property specifies whether IIS checks the threading model
+ of any components (COM objects) that your application creates. The preferred setting
+ of this metabase property is false.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies Anonymous authentication as one of the possible Windows authentication
+ schemes returned to clients as being available.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies Basic authentication as one of the possible Windows authentication
+ schemes returned to clients as being available.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies Integrated Windows authentication (also known as Challenge/Response or
+ NTLM authentication) as one of the possible Windows authentication schemes
+ returned to clients as being available.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Setting this flag to true specifies that authentication persists only for a single
+ request on a connection. IIS resets the authentication at the end of each request, and
+ forces re-authentication on the next request of the session.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Setting this flag to true specifies that authentication is valid for a single request if
+ by proxy. IIS will reset the authentication at the end of the request and force
+ re-authentication on the next request if the current authenticated request is by
+ proxy of any type.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Setting this flag to true specifies authentication will persist only across single
+ requests on a connection if the connection is by proxy. IIS will reset the authentication
+ at the end of the request if the current authenticated request is by proxy and it is
+ not the special case where IIS is running MSPROXY.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The CacheControlNoCache property specifies the HTTP 1.1 directive to prevent caching of content.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The CacheISAPI property indicates whether ISAPI extensions are cached in memory after first use.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The ContentIndexed property specifies whether the installed content indexer should
+ index content under this directory tree.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] This property specifies whether process accounting and throttling should be performed
+ for ISAPI extensions and ASP applications. To perform process accounting on CGI
+ applications, use the property .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] This property indicates whether IIS should perform process accounting for CGI
+ applications. To effectively throttle CGI applications, use the CgiTimeout
+ property. To use process accounting for ISAPI and ASP applications, use .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The CreateCGIWithNewConsole property indicates whether a CGI application runs in its own console.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The CreateProcessAsUser property specifies whether a CGI process is created in the system context or in the context of the requesting user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The DefaultDoc contains one or more file names of default documents that will be returned
+ to the client if no file name is included in the client's request. The default document
+ will be returned if the flag of the DirBrowseFlags property
+ is set to true for the directory. This property can contain a list of default document
+ file names separated by a comma and a space, for example Default.htm, Default.asp.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When set to true, date information is displayed when browsing directories.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When set to true, file name extensions are displayed when browsing directories.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When set to true, date information is displayed in extended format when displaying directories.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When set to true, file size information is displayed when browsing directories.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When set to true, file time information is displayed when displaying directories.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The DontLog property specifies whether client requests are written to the IIS log files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When set to true, the default document (specified by the property) for
+ a directory is loaded when the directory is browsed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When set to true, directory browsing is enabled.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The EnableDocFooter property enables or disables custom footers specified by
+ the DefaultDocFooter property.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The EnableReverseDns property enables or disables reverse Domain Name Server (DNS) lookups
+ for the World Wide Web Publishing Service (WWW service). Reverse lookups involve looking
+ up the domain name when the IP address is known. Reverse DNS lookups can use significant
+ resources and time.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets host header. Used when you have more than one website in IIS that have the same port but different host headers.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the server. The default value is 'localhost'.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the server port.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The SSIExecDisable property specifies whether server-side include (SSI) #exec directives
+ are disabled under this path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The UNCAuthenticationPassthrough property enables user authentication passthrough
+ for Universal Naming Convention (UNC) virtual root access (for authentication schemes
+ that support delegation).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the virtual directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the virtual directory physical path. The physical directory must
+ exist before this task executes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Deletes a web directory on a local or remote machine with IIS installed. The default is
+ to delete the web directory on the local machine. If connecting to a remote machine, you
+ can specify the and for the
+ task to run under.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets host header. Used when you have more than one website in IIS that have the same port but different host headers.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the server. The default value is 'localhost'.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the server port.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the virtual directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Sets an application mapping for a filename extension on an existing web directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Set to true when you want the application to run in a directory without Execute permissions.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The full path to the executable used to respond to requests for a Uri ending with
+
+
+
+
+ The filename extension that will be mapped to an executable.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets host header. Used when you have more than one website in IIS that have the same port but different host headers.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Indicates whether should be mapped to the ASP.NET runtime.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the server. The default value is 'localhost'.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the server port.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A comma-separated list of the HTTP verbs to include in the application mapping.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Set to true to instruct the Web server to verify the existence of the requested script file and to ensure that the requesting user has access permission for that script file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the virtual directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads and modifies a web directory configuration setting.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets host header. Used when you have more than one website in IIS that have the same port but different host headers.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the server. The default value is 'localhost'.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the server port.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the configuration setting to read or modify.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the value of on the web directory
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username for the account the task will run under. This property
+ is needed if you specified a for a remote machine.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the virtual directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A wrapper for the ILMerge tool.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to copy assembly attributes from all merged assemblies
+ into the unified assembly even if duplicate assembly attributes would result.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the names of public types
+ to be renamed when they are duplicates.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to treat an assembly
+ with a zero PeKind flag
+ (this is the value of the field listed as .corflags in the Manifest)
+ as if it was ILonly.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the attribute assembly
+ from whre to get all of the assembly-level attributes
+ such as Culture, Version, etc.
+ It will also be used to get the Win32 Resources from.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ to augment the list of input assemblies
+ to its "transitive closure".
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ to copy the assembly level attributes
+ of each input assembly over into the target assembly.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ to preserve any .pdb files
+ that are found for the input assemblies
+ into a .pdb file for the target assembly.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ the target assembly will be delay signed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the file
+ that will be used to identify types
+ that are not to have their visibility modified.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the input assemblies to merge.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether whether types in assemblies other than the primary assembly have their visibility modified.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the .snk file
+ to sign the target assembly.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a log file
+ to write log messages to.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the target assembly.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ external assembly references in the manifest
+ of the target assembly will use public keys (false)
+ or public key tokens (true).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the directories to be used to search for input assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the indicator
+ whether the target assembly is created as a library (Dll),
+ a console application (Exe) or as a Windows application (WinExe).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the directory in which mscorlib.dll is to be found.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the .NET framework version for the target assembly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the version number of the target assembly.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether
+ to merge XML documentation files
+ into one for the target assembly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task to create installer with InnoSetup
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specify output filename
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specify output path
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Quiet compile
+
+
+
+
+ Filename of Inno Setup script (.iss)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installs assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The assemblies to process, identified by their filename.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The assemblies to process, identified by their assembly name.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file to write installation progress to.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] If an exception occurs at any point during installation, the call
+ stack will be printed to the log.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Uninstalls assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The assemblies to process, identified by their filename.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The assemblies to process, identified by their assembly name.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file to write installation progress to.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] If an exception occurs at any point during installation, the call
+ stack will be printed to the log.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task to minimize the size of a css file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the items that were successfully compressed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the list of files to compressed the source files to.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the directory to which you want to compress the files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source files to compress.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Compresses JavaScript source by removing comments and unnecessary
+ whitespace. It typically reduces the size of the script by half,
+ resulting in faster downloads and code that is harder to read.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the files that were successfully source-compressed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Encoding to use to read and write files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the files to source-compress.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Sends an email message
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] List of files to attach to message
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] List of addresss that contains the blind carbon copy (BCC) recipients for this e-mail message
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The email message body
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] List of addresss that contains the carbon copy (CC) recipients for this e-mail message
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specify whether the Mail task uses SSL to encrypt the connection.
+
+
+
+
+ The from address for this e-mail message
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A value indicating whether the mail message body is in Html
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The priority of this e-mail message
+
+
+
+
+ The name or IP address of the host used for SMTP transactions
+
+
+
+
+ The subject line for this e-mail message
+
+
+
+
+ List of addresss that contains the recipients of this e-mail message
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Add numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the numbers to work with.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the numeric format.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the result.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Divide numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the numbers to work with.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the numeric format.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the result.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When , uses integer division to truncate the result. Default is
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Performs the modulo operation on numbers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the numbers to work with.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the numeric format.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the result.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Multiple numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the numbers to work with.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the numeric format.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the result.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subtract numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the numbers to work with.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the numeric format.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the result.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Merge files into the destination file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the destination file where the
+ are merged to.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the mode to use when merging.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source files to merge.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Merges files as binary data.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Merges files as text.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Merges files as text line by line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Moves files on the filesystem to a new location.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the list of files to moved the source files to.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the directory to which you want to move the files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the items that were successfully moved.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source files to move.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Runs the NDoc application.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the documenter.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the project file path.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the output is verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Makes an HTTP request, optionally validating the result and writing it to a file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Optional: if set then the task fails if the response text doesn't contain the text specified.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Default is true. When true, if the web server returns a status code less than 200 or greater than 299 then the task fails.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Optional, default is GET. The HTTP method to use for the request.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Optional. The password to use with basic authentication.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Optional; the name of the file to reqd the request from.
+
+
+
+
+ The URL to make an HTTP request against.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Optional. The username to use with basic authentication.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Optional; the name of the file to write the response to.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Deletes a package with a specific version. It can be useful if the server has disallow
+ to overwrite existing packages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The API key for the server.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] (v2.5) The NuGet configuation file. If not specified, file %AppData%\NuGet\NuGet.config is used as configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Specify the id of the package to delete.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A list of packages sources to use for the delete.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Display this amount of details in the output: normal, quiet, detailed.
+
+
+
+
+ The version of the package to delete.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Installs a package using the specified sources.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The NuGet configuation file. If not specified, file %AppData%\NuGet\NuGet.config is used as configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] If set, the destination directory will contain only the package name, not the version number
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Disable looking up packages from local machine cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The directory in which packages will be installed. If none specified, uses the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Specify the id of the package to install. If a path to a packages.config file is used instead of an id, all the packages it contains are installed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows prerelease packages to be installed. This flag is not required when restoring packages by installing from packages.config.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Solution root for package restore.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A list of packages sources to use for the install.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Display this amount of details in the output: normal, quiet, detailed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The version of the package to install.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a NuGet package based on the specified nuspec or project file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The base path of the files defined in the nuspec file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines if the project should be built before building the package.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies one or more wildcard patterns to exclude when creating a package.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Prevent inclusion of empty directories when building the package
+
+
+
+
+
+ The location of the nuspec or project file to create a package.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Include referenced projects either as dependencies or as part of the package. If a referenced project
+ has a corresponding nuspec file that has the same name as the project, then that referenced project is
+ added as a dependency. Otherwise, the referenced project is added as part of the package.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Set the minClientVersion attribute for the created package. This value will override the value of the
+ existing minClientVersion attribute (if any) in the .nuspec file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Prevent default exclusion of NuGet package files and files and folders starting with a dot e.g. .svn.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specify if the command should not run package analysis after building the package.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the directory for the created NuGet package.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The full file path of the NuGet package created by the NuGetPack task
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Provides the ability to specify a semicolon ";" delimited list of properties when creating a package.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines if a package containing sources and symbols should be created. When specified with a nuspec,
+ creates a regular NuGet package file and the corresponding symbols package.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines if the output files of the project should be in the tool folder.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Shows verbose output for package building.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Display this amount of details in the output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Overrides the version number from the nuspec file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pushes a package to the server and optionally publishes it.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The API key to use for push to the server.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies if the package should be created and uploaded to the server but not published to the server. False by default.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The path to the package to push the package to the server.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies the server URL.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Downloads and unzips (restores) any packages missing from the packages folder.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The NuGet configuation file. If not specified, file %AppData%\NuGet\NuGet.config is used as configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Disable parallel nuget package restores.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Disable looking up packages from local machine cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The directory in which packages will be installed. If none specified, uses the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ If a solution is specified, this command restores NuGet packages that are
+ installed in the solution and in projects contained in the solution. Otherwise,
+ the command restores packages listed in the specified packages.config file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Solution root for package restore.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A list of packages sources to use for the install.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Display this amount of details in the output: normal, quiet, detailed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Updates packages
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] (v2.5) The NuGet configuation file. If not specified, file %AppData%\NuGet\NuGet.config is used as configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] (v2.5) The action to take, when asked to overwrite or ignore existing files referenced by the project: Overwrite, Ignore, None.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The directory in which packages will be updated. If none specified, uses the current directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Specify the id of the package to update. If a path to a packages.config file is used instead of an id, all the packages it contains are updated.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows updating to prerelease versions. This flag is not required when updating prerelease packages that are already installed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Path to the local packages folder (location where packages are installed).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Looks for updates with the highest version available within the same major and minor version as the installed package.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] (v1.4) Update the running NuGet.exe to the newest version available from the server.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A list of packages sources to use for the update.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Display this amount of details in the output: normal, quiet, detailed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The version of the package to update.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Run NUnit 2.4 on a group of assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The /apartment option may be used to specify the ApartmentState (STA or MTA) of the test runner thread. Since the default is MTA, the option is only needed to force execution in the Single Threaded Apartment.
+ Note: If a given test must always run in a particular apartment, as is the case with many Gui tests, you should use an attribute on the test rather than specifying this option at the command line.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines whether assemblies are copied to a shadow folder during testing.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The /domain option controls of the creation of AppDomains for running tests. The following values are recognized:
+ None - No domain is created - the tests are run in the primary domain. This normally requires copying the NUnit assemblies into the same directory as your tests.
+ Single - A test domain is created - this is how NUnit worked prior to version 2.4
+ Multiple - A separate test domain is created for each assembly
+ The default is to use multiple domains if multiple assemblies are listed on the command line. Otherwise a single domain is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file to receive test error details.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the categories to exclude.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the fixture.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines whether the tests are run in a 32bit process on a 64bit OS.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines the framework to run aganist.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the categories to include.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the output XML file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The /process option controls how NUnit loads tests in processes. The following values are recognized.
+ Single - All the tests are run in the nunit-console process. This is the default.
+ Separate - A separate process is created to run the tests.
+ Multiple - A separate process is created for each test assembly, whether specified on the command line or listed in an NUnit project file.
+ Note: This option is not available using the .NET 1.1 build of nunit-console.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The project configuration to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Whether or not to show test labels in output
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows tests to be run in a new thread, allowing you to take advantage of ApartmentState and ThreadPriority settings in the config file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file to redirect standard output to.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the XSLT transform file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Run NUnit 3.x on a group of assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --apartment option may be used to specify the ApartmentState (STA or MTA) of the test runner thread. Since the default is MTA, the option is only needed to force execution in the Single Threaded Apartment.
+ Note: If a given test must always run in a particular apartment, as is the case with many Gui tests, you should use an attribute on the test rather than specifying this option at the command line.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --domain option controls of the creation of AppDomains for running tests. The following values are recognized:
+ None - No domain is created - the tests are run in the primary domain. This normally requires copying the NUnit assemblies into the same directory as your tests.
+ Single - A test domain is created - this is how NUnit worked prior to version 2.4
+ Multiple - A separate test domain is created for each assembly
+ The default is to use multiple domains if multiple assemblies are listed on the command line. Otherwise a single domain is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines whether assemblies are copied to a shadow folder during testing.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file to receive test error details.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines whether the tests are run in a 32bit process on a 64bit OS.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Determines the framework to run aganist.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --trace option may be used to specify the internal trace level.
+ Off
+ Error
+ Warning
+ Info
+ Verbose (Debug)
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --nocolor displays console output without color.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --noheader suppress display of program information at start of run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the output XML file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --process option controls how NUnit loads tests in processes. The following values are recognized.
+ Single - All the tests are run in the nunit-console process. This is the default.
+ Separate - A separate process is created to run the tests.
+ Multiple - A separate process is created for each test assembly, whether specified on the command line or listed in an NUnit project file.
+ Note: This option is not available using the .NET 1.1 build of nunit-console.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The project configuration to run.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Whether or not to show test labels in output.
+ On - Labels are shown in the output.
+ Off - Labels are not shown in the output.
+ All -
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows tests to be run in a new thread, allowing you to take advantage of ApartmentState and ThreadPriority settings in the config file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --timeout option may be used to specify the timeout for each test case in MILLISECONDS.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file to redirect standard output to.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --verbose displays additional information as the test runs.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --where option may be used to specify an expression indicating which tests to run.
+ It may specify test names, classes, methods, catgories or properties comparing them to actual values with the operators ==, !=, =~ and !~.
+ See NUnit 3.0 Test Selection Language for a full description of the syntax.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The --workers option may be used to specify the number of worker threads to be used in running tests.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a database host within the Oracle TNSNAMES.ORA file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When true, the task will update an existing entry with .
+ If false, the task will fail if already exists.
+
+
+
+
+ The name of the host entry to add.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The definition of the host entry to add.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The path to the TNSNAMES.ORA that was used by task.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The contents of the TNSNAMES.ORA file after the task executes.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The contents of the TNSNAMES.ORA file before any changes are made.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The path to a specific TNSNAMES.ORA file to update.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Displays a message on the console and waits for user input.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The message to display in the console.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The text entered at the console.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Compiles regular expressions and saves them to disk in an assembly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly company.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly copyright.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly culture.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly description.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly file version.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly informational version.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly key file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the assembly to be created by the regex compiler.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly product.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly title.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the assembly version.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default value is public for regular expression instances.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the default namespace for regular expression instances.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the default regular expression options.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the directory where the assembly will be saved.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the output file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the regular expressions.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the file defining the regular expressions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Task to filter an Input list with a Regex expression.
+ Output list contains items from Input list that matched given expression
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Regex expression
+
+
+
+
+ Input, list of items to perform the regex on
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Regex options as strings corresponding to the RegexOptions enum:
+ Compiled
+ CultureInvariant
+ ECMAScript
+ ExplicitCapture
+ IgnoreCase
+ IgnorePatternWhitespace
+ Multiline
+ None
+ RightToLeft
+ Singleline
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Results of the Regex transformation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Task to replace portions of strings within the Input list
+ Output list contains all the elements of the Input list after
+ performing the Regex Replace.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Number of matches to allow on each input item.
+ -1 indicates to perform matches on all matches within input item
+
+
+
+
+ Regex expression
+
+
+
+
+ Input, list of items to perform the regex on
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Regex options as strings corresponding to the RegexOptions enum:
+ Compiled
+ CultureInvariant
+ ECMAScript
+ ExplicitCapture
+ IgnoreCase
+ IgnorePatternWhitespace
+ Multiline
+ None
+ RightToLeft
+ Singleline
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Results of the Regex transformation.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] String replacing matching expression strings in input list.
+ If left empty matches in the input list are removed (replaced with empty string)
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Position within the input item to start matching
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a value from the Registry
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the default value.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the full registry path of the key, beginning with a valid registry root, such as "HKEY_CURRENT_USER".
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the stored value.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the name/value pair.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a value to the Registry
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the full registry path of the key, beginning with a valid registry root, such as "HKEY_CURRENT_USER".
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value to be stored.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the name/value pair.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Task wrapping the Window Resource Kit Robocopy.exe command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /E Copies all subdirectories (including empty ones).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /LOG+:file Redirects output to the specified file, appending it to the file if it already exists.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /B Copies files in Backup mode (Backup copies are not restartable, but can copy some files that restartable mode cannot).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /COPYALL Copies Everything. Equivalent to /COPY:DATSOU.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /COPY:copyflags Copies the file information specified by copyflags.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /CREATE Creates a directory tree structure containing zero-length files only (that is, no file data is copied).
+
+
+
+
+ Destination directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /XF file [file] Excludes files with the specified names, paths, or wildcard characters.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /XD dir [dir] Excludes directories with the specified names, paths, or wildcard characters.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /XJ Excludes Junction points.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /XA:{R|A|S|H|C|N|E|T|O} Excludes files with the specified attributes.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /FAT Creates destination files using only 8.3 FAT file names.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /FFT Assume FAT File Times (2-second granularity).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /A Copies only files with the archive attribute set.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /M Copies only files with the archive attribute set and then resets (turns off) the archive attribute in the source files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /IA:{R|A|S|H|C|N|E|T|O} Includes files with the specified attributes.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /LOG:file Redirects output to the specified file, overwriting the file if it already exists.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /MIR Mirrors a directory tree (equivalent to running both /E and /PURGE).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /MOVE Moves files and directories (that is, deletes source files and directories after copying).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /MOV Moves files (that is, deletes source files after copying).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /NOCOPY Copies Nothing. Can be useful with /PURGE.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /NFL Turns off logging of file names. File names are still shown, however, if file copy errors occur.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /NDL Turns off logging of directory names. Full file pathnames (as opposed to simple file names) will be shown if /NDL is used.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /NJH Turns of logging of the job header.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /NJS Turns off logging of the job summary.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /NP Turns off copy progress indicator (% copied).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Manually entered options.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /PURGE Deletes destination files and directories that no longer exist in the source.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /Z Copies files in restartable mode (that is, restarts the copy process from the point of failure).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /SEC Copies NTFS security information. (Source and destination volumes must both be NTFS). Equivalent to /COPY:DATS.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Names of files to act upon.
+
+
+
+
+ Source directory
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /S Copies subdirectories (excluding empty ones).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] /V Produces verbose output (including skipped files).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ BuildAssembler task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the manifest file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the sandcastle install root directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ChmBuilder task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the HTML directory.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the language id.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is metadata.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the output file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the project.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the sandcastle install root directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the toc file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ DBCSFix task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the CHM directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the language id.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the sandcastle install root directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MRefBuilder task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the config file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include internal members.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the references.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the sandcastle install root directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Sandcastle task.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assemblies.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the CHM.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether working directory is cleaned.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the comments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating a Html Help 2x project will be created.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the language id.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the references.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the build assembler config file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the sandcastle install root directory.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the html help topic style.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ XslTransform task for Sandcastle.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no info messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether no warning messages will be output.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the output file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the sandcastle install root directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the XML files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the XSLT files.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A Task that generates a XSD schema of the tasks in an assembly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the list of path to analyse.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating if the task list (using UsingTask)
+ has to be genereted.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating wheter documentation should be ignored
+ even if available (Default is false).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating if the
+ MsBuild schema inclusing should be ignored
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a list of included schemas
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the output path for the generated files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the list of path to the generated XSD schema.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating how the assembly is specified in the
+ UsingTask element.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the path to the task list if it was generated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly file name (Default): <UsingTask AssemblyFile="foo.dll" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly location: <UsingTask AssemblyName="foo" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly Name: <UsingTask AssemblyFile="bin\debug\foo.dll" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly fully qualified name: <UsingTask AssemblyName="foo.dll,version ...." />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Executes code contained within the task.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The code to compile and execute
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The namespaces to import.
+
+
+
+
+ The language of the script block (defaults to C#).
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The name of the main class containing the static ScriptMain
+ entry point.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The required references
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The string returned from the custom ScriptMain method.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Task that can control a Windows service.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the to perform on the service.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a value indicating whether the service can be paused and resumed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a value indicating whether the service should be notified when the system is shutting down.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a value indicating whether the service can be stopped after it has started.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a friendly name for the service.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a value indicating whether the service exists.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the machine.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the service.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the status.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the timeout for the command. The default is
+ one minute.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Starts a service.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Stops a service.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Restarts a service.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pauses a running service.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Continues a paused service.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Task that can determine the status of a specified service
+ on a target server.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a value indicating whether the service can be paused and resumed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a value indicating whether the service should be notified when the system is shutting down.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a value indicating whether the service can be stopped after it has started.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a friendly name for the service.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets a value indicating whether the service exists.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the machine.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the service.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the status.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for sleeping for a specified period of time.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The number of hours to add to the time to sleep.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The number of milliseconds to add to the time to sleep.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The number of minutes to add to the time to sleep.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The number of seconds to add to the time to sleep.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task to play a sound from a .wav file path or URL.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the time, in milliseconds, in which the .wav file must load.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Sets the file path of the .wav file to load
+ as a relative path to .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the file path or URL of the .wav file to load.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to play the sound synchronously.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Sets the file path of the .wav file to load
+ as a relative path to .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for the pdbstr from source server.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the PDB file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the stream file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the stream.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Read stream from pdb symbol file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Write stream to pdb symbol file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for the srctool from source server.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to get the count of indexed files. The -c switch.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to extracts the files, instead of simply listing them. The -x switch.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the directory to extract to. The -d switch.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the extracted files. Populated when is true.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the filter to only source files that match this regular expression. The -l switch.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the PDB file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the number of source files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the source files. Populated when is true.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to dumps raw source data from the PDB. The -r switch.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A subversion source index task.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the fail on no source information found flag.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep temporary source index file created during index for debugging purposes.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets the no source information found in
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the source command format. The SRCSRVCMD environment variable.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the source server.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the source server SDK path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the source target format. The SRCSRVTRG environment variable.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the symbol files to have to source index added.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Task to index pdb files and entries to retrieve source files from Team Foundation Server source control.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the change set used to retrieve file information.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the tfs collection uri to use.
+ When this options is set pdb source information is retrieved from the server, rather
+ that using local workspace information.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the fail on no source information found flag.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to keep temporary source index file created during index for debugging purposes.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets the no source information found in
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the source command format. The SRCSRVCMD environment variable.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the source server SDK path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the source target format. The SRCSRVTRG environment variable.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the symbol files to have to source index added.
+
+
+
+
+ Path to the root of the team collection hosting your project
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the root of the workspace where the .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Executes a SQL command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The command to execute
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Command Timeout
+
+
+
+
+ The connection string
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file name to write to
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Output the return count/value
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The SQL Selection Mode. Set to NonQuery, Scalar, or ScalarXml. Default is NonQuery.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task to execute DDL and SQL statements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the batch delimter string.
+
+
+
+
+ The connection string
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the DDL/SQL files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Output the return count/values
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Timeout to execute a DDL statement.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Database Publishing Wizard enables the deployment of
+ SQL Server databases (both schema and data) into a shared
+ hosting environment.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the database publishing command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the full connection string to the local database.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the local database to be scripted.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data but
+ not the schema should be scripted.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the friendly name of previously
+ configured hosting Web service.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the produced
+ script should not drop pre-existing objects.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether objects will
+ not be qualified with a schema.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the publish operation
+ should not be executed within a single transaction.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the full file path for the script file generated.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password to use for connection
+ to the source database.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating output message suppression.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the schema,
+ but not the data, should be scripted.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name or IP address for the local database connection.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the remote database server name.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the database name to publish to on the remote server.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password for the remote Web service endpoint.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username on the hosting Web service endpoint.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target server the script should target.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the SQL Server user name to use for connection
+ to the source database.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the configuration of the hosting Web service endpoint.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Checkout a local working copy of a Subversion repository.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the targets.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subversion client base class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the targets.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subversion Commit command
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the targets.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Copy a file or folder in Subversion
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies whether to create any missing directories and subdirectories
+ in the specified
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The path to which the SourcePath should be copied
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The path of the source file or folder that should be copied
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the targets.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Export a folder from a Subversion repository
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the targets.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Run the "svn info" command and parse the output
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The author who last changed this node.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The date this node was last changed.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The last changed revision number.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The Subversion node kind.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Return the repository root or null if not set by Subversion.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Return the repository UUID value from Subversion.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The Subversion schedule type.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the targets.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Node is a file
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Node is a directory
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Unknown node type
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Normal schedule
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Unknown schedule.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subversion status command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the entries.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the targets.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subversion Update command
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the local path.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating no auth cache.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the command is non interactive].
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the repository path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Allows to sanitize password string from svn command log output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the error output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the output of SVN command-line client.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the target file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the targets.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trust the server cert.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the username.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the verbose.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating the output is XML.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Summarize the local revision(s) of a working copy.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] True if invoked on a directory that is not a working copy,
+ svnversion assumes it is an exported working copy and prints "exported".
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] High revision number of the local working repository revision range.
+
+
+
+
+ Path to local working copy.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Low revision number of the local working repository revision range.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] True if working copy contains modifications.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Revision number of the local working repository.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] True if working copy is switched.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Specifies whether to use the last committed revision number as
+ opposed to the last updated revision number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Task that wraps the Symbol Server SymStore.exe application.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating SymStore will append new indexing information to an existing index file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the comment for the transaction.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating SymStore will create a compressed version of each file copied to the symbol store instead of using an uncompressed copy of the file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the network path of files or directories to add.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the transaction ID string.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the file will be in a local directory rather than a network path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a log file to be used for command output. If this is not included, transaction information and other output is sent to stdout.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the message to be added to each file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to omit the creation of reference pointer files for the files and pointers being stored.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether SymStore will store a pointer to the file, rather than the file itself.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the product.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the index file. Causes SymStore to read the data from a file created with WriteIndexFile.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether SymStore will add files or directories recursively.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the paths in the file pointers will be relative.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the server and share where the symbol files were originally stored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the root directory for the symbol store.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether SymStore will display verbose output.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the version of the product.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the index file. Causes SymStore not to store the actual symbol files. Instead, SymStore records information in the IndexFile that will enable SymStore to access the symbol files at a later time.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Add to the symbol server store.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Query the symbol server store.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Delete from the symbol serer store.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MSBuild task that replaces tokens in a template file and writes out a new file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The token replaced template file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The full path to the output file name. If no filename is specified (the default) the
+ output file will be the Template filename with a .out extension.
+
+
+
+
+ The template file used. Tokens with values of ${Name} are replaced by name.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] List of tokens to replace in the template. Token name is taken from the TaskItem.ItemSpec and the
+ replacement value comes from the ReplacementValue metadata of the item.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task for Team Foundation Server version control.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is all.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the author.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets a value determining if this command must be processed in batch mode, due
+ to the length of the commandline arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is bypass.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the changeset.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the changeset version passed in the version spec parameter
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the collection.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the Team Foundation Server command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the comment.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is force.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the format.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the notes.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets the output resulting from executing this command.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a the override reason.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is overwrite.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is preview.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is recursive.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is remap.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is saved.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the server path.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the shelve set.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the shelve set owner.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is silent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the type.
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is validate.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the version.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory used when executing this tool.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of the workspace.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the workspace owner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the current date and time.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets the internal time value.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the day of the month represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the day of the week represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the day of the year represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the format string
+ for output parameter .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent string representation.
+ If input parameter is provided,
+ the value is formatted according to it.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the hour component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the time represented by this instance is based
+ on local time, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), or neither.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent long date string representation.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent long time string representation.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the milliseconds component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the minute component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the month component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the seconds component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent short date string representation.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the value of this instance to its equivalent short time string representation.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the number of ticks that represent the date and time of this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the time of day for this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the year component of the date represented by this instance.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Unzip a file to a target directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the files extracted from the zip.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to overwrite any existing files on extraction. Defaults to true.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output less information. Defaults to false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the target directory.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the zip file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Provides information about the build user.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the domain name of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the email address of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the first name of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the full name of the build user in "[First name] [Middle initial]. [Last name]" format .
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the last name of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the middle initial of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the phone number of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the user name of the build user.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the username and domain name of the build user in "[Domain name]\[User name]" format.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Generates version information based on various algorithms
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the build version number.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the method used to generate a number
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the major version number.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the method used to generate a number
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the minor version number.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the method used to generate a number
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets or sets the revision version number.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the method used to generate a number
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the starting date used to calculate the number when is Automatic.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the file used to initialize and persist the version.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Downloads a resource with the specified URI to a local file.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The domain of the user being used to authenticate against the remote web server. A value for must also be provided.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the local file that is to receive the data.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the URI from which to download data.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The password used to authenticate against the remote web server. A value for must also be provided.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When true, the current user's credentials are used to authenticate against the remote web server
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The username used to authenticate against the remote web server
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Upload a local file to a remote URI.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The domain of the user being used to authenticate against the remote web server. A value for must also be provided.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the local file that is to receive the data.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The password used to authenticate against the remote web server. A value for must also be provided.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the URI from which to upload data to.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] When true, the current user's credentials are used to authenticate against the remote web server
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The username used to authenticate against the remote web server
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Performs multiple updates on an XML file
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The original file whose content is to be updated
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The full path of the file containing content updated by the task
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The XPath expression identifying root node that substitions are relative to
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] If set to true, the task won't fail if the substitution root is missing
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file created after performing the updates
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The full path of the file containing the results of the task
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A collection of prefix=namespace definitions used to query the XML documents
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The file containing the list of updates to perform
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The full path of the file containing substitutions used by the task
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The XPath expression used to locate the list of substitutions to perform
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The namespace used for XmlMassUpdate pre-defined attributes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a value or values from lines of XML
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The lines of a valid XML document
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] A collection of prefix=namespace definitions used to query the XML document
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] The string that is prepended to all reserved metadata properties.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The values selected by
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] The number of values returned in
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the name of an XML file to query
+
+
+
+
+ The query used to identify the values in the XML document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a value from a XML document using a XPath.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the default namespace.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the prefix to associate with the namespace being added.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Output] Gets the value read from file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the XML file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XPath.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Updates a XML document using a XPath.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether the matched node is deleted.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the default namespace.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the prefix to associate with the namespace being added.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the value to write.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the XML file.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XPath.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A task to merge and transform a set of xml files.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the xml input files.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the path of the output file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the list of
+ semicolon-delimited name/value pairs
+ of the .
+ For example: RootAttributes="foo=bar;date=$(buildDate)"
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the xml tag name
+ of the root tag wrapped
+ around the merged xml input files.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Enables a Trusted XSLT processor. Sepcifically enables scripts
+ in the xsl transformation file
+ For example: UseTrusted="true"
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the path of the
+ xsl transformation file to apply.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create a zip file with the files specified.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the comment.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the encryption algorithm.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the files to zip.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is flatten.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] [Obsolete] 'Add' statement won't be logged with MinimalLogging enabled.
+ The default value for MinimalLogging is false.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets whether parallel compression is used
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the password.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets a value indicating whether to output less information. Defaults to false.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the working directory for the zip file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets whether to use ZIP64 extensions.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the zip file.
+
+
+
+
+ [Optional] Gets or sets the zip level. Default is 6.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file